咖提那衣学处的注释巴利
1. Kathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“衣已究竟时”这句话中,那件衣已经完成,所以叫“衣已究竟”;意思是在以利益为根本的衣已经完成时,或者在期待衣的时候。不过,那件衣既可能因为制作完成而算“究竟”,也可能因为失坏等而算“究竟”,所以才说“或者以针线工作完成为准”等等。其中,凡是需要用针做的——比如缝边、缝带、缝结、整理边缘——这些就叫“针线工作完成”,这里指的就是这个。所谓“失”,是指被贼等拿走。这也因为制作障碍已经结束,所以说为“究竟”。所谓“坏”,是指被白蚁等咬坏。所谓“烧”,是指被火烧掉。所谓“或者衣的期待已断”,是指先前生起“我将在某家得到衣”的期待,后来这个期待中断了。这些也应知道,因为制作障碍已经结束,所以具有“究竟”的意义。因此说“或者在这些……”等等。以此说明没有衣的障碍。所以说“意思是:衣的制作障碍已断”。怎么知道这一点呢?所以说“因为已敷展咖提那者……”等等。不让五种利益前往别处,以摄持的意义而称为咖提那,意思是坚固。已敷展咖提那者,就是以此已敷展咖提那的人,也就是已敷展咖提那的比丘。“因为”是表示原因的虚词。“暂时得到咖提那利益”,这里应当补上“已敷展咖提那的比丘”,应理解为:那位已敷展咖提那的比丘暂时得到不告辞而行等咖提那利益。或者,把“已敷展咖提那的比丘的”这句话,作格位变化后理解为“已敷展咖提那的比丘们”。这里说的是:衣的障碍和住所的障碍,这两种障碍。其中,只要有一种障碍存在,就能得到不告辞而行等利益,没有障碍时则不能得到。为什么?因为“衣已究竟时”这句话,要理解为那件衣的制作障碍已断。“僧伽的”即由僧伽;这是依主释中的属格。所谓“已除去”,是指以八种母句中的任何一种,或以中间隐藏的方式除去。巴利
Niṭṭhitacīvarasminti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.462-463) niṭṭhitañca taṃ cīvarañcāti niṭṭhitacīvaraṃ, niṭṭhite ānisaṃsamūlake cīvare, paccāsācīvare cāti attho. Yasmā pana taṃ cīvaraṃ karaṇenapi niṭṭhitaṃ hoti nāsanādīhipi, tasmā ‘‘sūcikammapariyosānena vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yaṃ kiñci sūciyā kattabbaṃ pāsakapaṭṭagaṇṭhikapaṭṭapariyosānakammaṃ, taṃ sūcikammapariyosānaṃ nāma, tena. Naṭṭhanti corādīhi haṭaṃ. Etampi hi karaṇapalibodhassa niṭṭhitattā ‘‘niṭṭhita’’nti vuccati. Vinaṭṭhanti upacikādīhi khāditaṃ. Daḍḍhanti agginā daḍḍhaṃ. Cīvarāsā vā upacchinnāti ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma kule cīvaraṃ labhissāmī’’ti yā cīvarāsā uppannā hoti, sā upacchinnā. Etesampi karaṇapalibodhasseva niṭṭhitattā niṭṭhitabhāvo veditabbo. Tenāha ‘‘imesu vā’’tiādi. Etena cīvarapalibodhābhāvo vutto. Tenāha ‘‘cīvarassa karaṇapalibodhe upacchinneti attho’’ti. Kathametaṃ viññāyatīti āha ‘‘atthatakathinassa hī’’tiādi. Pañcānisaṃse aññattha gantuṃ adatvā saṅgaṇhanaṭṭhena kathinaṃ, thiranti attho, atthataṃ kathinaṃ yena so atthatakathino, tassa atthatakathinassa. Hīti kāraṇatthe nipāto. Tāva kathinānisaṃsaṃ labhatīti ettha yo atthatakathino bhikkhūti ajjhāharitabbaṃ, tāva so atthatakathino bhikkhūti veditabbo, anāmantacārādikaṃ kathinānisaṃsaṃ labhatīti attho. ‘‘Atthatakathinassa bhikkhuno’’ti idaṃ vā ‘‘atthatakathino bhikkhū’’ti vibhattivipariṇāmaṃ katvā yojetabbaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – cīvarapalibodho āvāsapalibodhoti dve palibodhā. Tesu ekapalibodhepi sati yasmā anāmantacārādikaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ labhati, nāsati. Kasmā? ‘‘Niṭṭhitacīvarasmi’’nti etassa cīvarassa karaṇapalibodhe upacchinneti ayamattho viññāyatīti. Saṅghassāti saṅghena. Kattari cetaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Ubbhateti aṭṭhannaṃ mātikānamaññatarena, antarubbhārena vā uddhaṭe.
这里“于此”是指在那个咖提那上。“舍”就是取下、撤除。世尊在《咖提那犍度》(《大品》306)中,为了前雨安居已住的三十位波婆耶咖比丘而说:“诸比丘,我允许已住雨安居的比丘们敷展咖提那。”因为咖提那已由世尊允许,所以说“这名为咖提那敷展……中略……已被允许”。其中,“前雨安居已住者”,意思是没有中断雨安居而前雨安居已住者。以此说明:就已住雨安居来说,只有前雨安居入安居的人才能得到咖提那敷展,后雨安居入安居的人不能得。就已住雨安居来说暂时是这样,那么按人数计算,多少人能得呢?所以说“彼”等。“彼”就是咖提那敷展者。“以最后边际为限定”,就是按人数计算,在最后边际。适合五人,就是在最后边际,四位是咖提那布的施者,一位是受取者,所以适合五人。不过有些人说“因为要作五众羯磨,所以说‘适合五人’”,那只是他们的看法而已,因为《瞻波犍度》(《大品》388)中说:“诸比丘,在此,凡此四众比丘僧团,除了三种羯磨:达上、自恣、出罪。”因此,因为就已住雨安居来说,前雨安居已住者才得以敷展咖提那,后雨安居者不得;又因为以最后边际为限定,适合五人,所以这样说。“于何处”,就是在哪座寺院。“利益”,就是不告辞而行等咖提那利益。再者,如果四位比丘入雨安居,一位是圆满雨安居的沙弥,若他在后雨安居期间达上,那么他既补足人数,也得利益。三位比丘、二位沙弥,二位比丘、三位沙弥,一位比丘、四位沙弥,在这里也是同样的道理。巴利
Tatrāti tasmiṃ kathine. Ubbhāro uddharaṇaṃ. Purimavassaṃvuṭṭhe tiṃsamatte pāveyyake bhikkhū uddissa ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kathinaṃ attharitu’’nti kathinakkhandhake (mahāva. 306) bhagavatā kathinassa anuññātattā ‘‘ayañhi kathinatthāro nāma…pe… anuññāto’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha purimavassaṃvuṭṭhānanti vassacchedaṃ akatvā purimavassaṃvuṭṭhānanti attho. Etena vuṭṭhavassavasena tāva purimikāya vassaṃ upagatāyeva kathinatthāraṃ labhanti, na pacchimikāya upagatāti dasseti. Vuṭṭhavassavasena tāva evaṃ hotu, gaṇanavasena taṃ kittakā labhantīti āha ‘‘so’’tiādi. Soti kathinatthāro. Sabbantimena paricchedenāti gaṇanavasena pacchimakoṭiyā. Pañcannaṃ janānaṃ vaṭṭatīti pacchimakoṭiyā cattāro kathinadussassa dāyakā, eko paṭiggāhakoti pañcannaṃ janānaṃ vaṭṭati. Keci pana ‘‘pañcavaggakaraṇīyattā ‘pañcannaṃ janānaṃ vaṭṭatī’ti vutta’’nti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ ‘‘tatra, bhikkhave, yvāyaṃ catuvaggo bhikkhusaṅgho ṭhapetvā tīṇi kammāni upasampadaṃ pavāraṇaṃ abbhāna’’nti campeyyakkhandhake (mahāva. 388) vuttattā. Tasmāti yasmā vuṭṭhavassavasena purimavassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ anaññāto, yasmā ca sabbantimena paricchedena pañcannaṃ janānaṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā. Yatthāti yasmiṃ vihāre. Ānisaṃseti anāmantacārādike kathinānisaṃse. Atha pana cattāro bhikkhū vassaṃ upagatā, eko paripuṇṇavasso sāmaṇero sace pacchimikāya upasampajjati, gaṇapūrako ceva hoti, ānisaṃsañca labhati. Tayo bhikkhū, dve sāmaṇerā, dve bhikkhū, tayo sāmaṇerā, eko bhikkhu, cattāro sāmaṇerāti etthāpi eseva nayo.
关于犍度中讲到的白二羯磨语:巴利
Khandhake vuttāya ñattidutiyakammavācāyāti –
尊者,请僧团听我说:这块咖提那衣布已经属于僧团了。如果僧团觉得时机合适,僧团就把这块咖提那衣布施给某某比丘,让他用来敷展咖提那衣。这是提案。
尊者,请僧团听我说:这块咖提那衣布已经属于僧团了。僧团把这块咖提那衣布施给某某比丘,让他用来敷展咖提那衣。哪位尊者同意把这块咖提那衣布施给某某比丘用来敷展咖提那衣,就保持沉默;不同意的就说出来。
僧团已经把这块咖提那衣布施给某某比丘用来敷展咖提那衣了。僧团同意,所以保持沉默。我这样受持。巴利
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, idaṃ saṅghassa kathinadussaṃ uppannaṃ. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ kathinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyya kathinaṃ attharituṃ, esā ñatti. Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, idaṃ saṅghassa kathinadussaṃ uppannaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ kathinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno deti kathinaṃ attharituṃ. Yassāyasmato khamati imassa kathinadussassa itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dānaṃ kathinaṃ attharituṃ, so tuṇhassa. Yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Dinnaṃ idaṃ saṅghena kathinadussaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno kathinaṃ attharituṃ, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (mahāva. 307) –
这是按照《咖提那犍度》中所说的白二羯磨语。“堪能敷展咖提那衣者”,是指有能力敷展咖提那衣的人。而且应当知道,这个人具备先所作业了知等八支。正如《律决择》中所说:“了知八法的比丘,堪能敷展咖提那衣。”《附随》中也说:巴利
Evaṃ kathinakkhandhake vuttāya ñattidutiyakammavācāya. Kathinatthārārahassāti kathinaṃ attharituṃ bhabbassa. So ca kho pubbakaraṇajānanādīhi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgatoti veditabbo. Vuttañhetaṃ vinayavinicchaye ‘‘aṭṭhadhammakovido bhikkhu, kathinatthāramarahatī’’ti. Parivārepi (pari. 409) vuttaṃ –
具足八支的人,有能力敷展咖提那衣。具足哪八支的人,有能力敷展咖提那衣?他清楚前行准备,清楚舍出,清楚决意,清楚敷展,清楚论母,清楚障碍,清楚收起,清楚利益。具足这八支的人,有能力敷展咖提那衣。巴利
‘‘Aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato puggalo bhabbo kathinaṃ attharituṃ. Katamehi aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato puggalo bhabbo kathinaṃ attharituṃ? Pubbakaraṇaṃ jānāti, paccuddhāraṃ jānāti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ jānāti, atthāraṃ jānāti, mātikaṃ jānāti, palibodhaṃ jānāti, uddhāraṃ jānāti, ānisaṃsaṃ jānāti, imehi aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato puggalo bhabbo kathinaṃ attharitu’’nti.
在这里,前行作业是指洗涤、检视、裁剪、结缚、缝制、染色、整理。舍出是指把旧的僧伽梨等舍出去。决意是指对咖提那衣作决意。敷展是指敷展咖提那衣。论母是指八种论母。障碍是指住处障碍和衣障碍这两种障碍。收起是指以出发为终结等。利益是指五种利益。巴利
Ettha ca pubbakaraṇaṃ nāma dhovanavicāraṇacchedanabandhanasibbanarajanakappakaraṇaṃ. Paccuddhāro nāma purāṇasaṅghāṭiādīnaṃ paccuddharaṇaṃ. Adhiṭṭhānaṃ nāma kathinacīvarādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Atthāro nāma kathinatthāro. Mātikā nāma aṭṭha mātikā. Palibodho nāma āvāsapalibodho cīvarapalibodhoti dve palibodhā. Uddhāro nāma pakkamanantikādayo. Ānisaṃso nāma pañcānisaṃsā.
《一切欢喜》中说:“咖提那衣应该由谁来敷展?僧团把咖提那衣给谁,就应该由谁来敷展?僧团应该把衣给谁呢?应该给衣已经破旧的人。如果有很多人衣都破旧了,就应该给长老。在长老当中,如果有一位拥有大团体的人能在当天就把衣做好并敷展,就应该给他。如果长老做不到,而一位较年轻的比丘能做到,就应该给他。而且,僧团为了摄受大长老也是合适的,所以应该说:‘尊者,请您收下,我们做好之后再供养给您。’”这段话的意思也是:应当先选取堪能敷展咖提那衣的人,然后才给与。给与时,在三衣当中,哪一件破旧了,就为了补作那一件而给与。如果他的衣本来就需要双层,就应该为了做成双层而给与。如果他的单层衣很厚重,而咖提那衣布很薄,那么为了合宜,应该给与足够做成双层的布料。即使有人说“我如果得不到,就披单层衣”,也还是应该给与双层的。然而,对于本性贪心的人,不应该给与。他敷展咖提那衣之后,也不应该事后把它缝起来再取受,心想“我要做成两件衣”。巴利
Yaṃ pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 306) vuttaṃ ‘‘kathinaṃ pana kena attharitabbaṃ? Yassa saṅgho kathinacīvaraṃ deti, saṅghena pana kassa dātabbaṃ? Yo jiṇṇacīvaro hoti, sace bahū jiṇṇacīvarā honti, vuḍḍhassa dātabbaṃ. Vuḍḍhesupi yo mahāpariso tadaheva cīvaraṃ katvā attharituṃ sakkoti, tassa dātabbaṃ. Sace vuḍḍho na sakkoti, navakataro sakkoti, tassa dātabbaṃ. Apica saṅghena mahātherassa saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā ‘tumhe, bhante, gaṇhatha, mayaṃ katvā dassāmā’ti vattabba’’nti, tampi kathinatthārārahaṃyeva gahetvāva dātabbaṃ. Dentena pana tīsu cīvaresu yaṃ yaṃ jiṇṇaṃ hoti, taṃ tadatthāya dātabbaṃ. Pakatiyā dupaṭṭacīvarassa dupaṭṭatthāyeva dātabbaṃ. Sacepissa ekapaṭṭacīvaraṃ ghanaṃ hoti, kathinasāṭako ca pelavo, sāruppatthāya dupaṭṭappahonakameva dātabbaṃ. ‘‘Ahaṃ alabhanto ekapaṭṭaṃ pārupāmī’’ti vadantassāpi dupaṭṭaṃ dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Yo pana lobhapakatiko hoti, tassa na dātabbaṃ. Tenāpi kathinaṃ attharitvā pacchā sibbetvā ‘‘dve cīvarāni karissāmī’’ti na gahetabbaṃ.
以此是指那位敷展咖提那衣的比丘。就在当天是指就在那一天。剪成五片或五片以上之后:为了能做成僧伽梨等三衣中的任何一件,按照大圆、半圆等方式,剪成五片,或者五片以上,比如七片等,这样剪好。在制作那件咖提那衣时,不能有人以我是长老或我博学多闻为理由而不参与制作。如果因为不尊重而不做,就犯恶作。所以,所有比丘都应该集合起来,完成洗涤、裁剪、缝制和染色。因此说其余比丘也应该成为他的助手。已做好的衣是指已经完成准备工作的咖提那布。按最低限度来说,连下衣也必须剪好后再做,否则敷展就不能成立。正如所说——巴利
Tenāti kathinatthārakena bhikkhunā. Tadahevāti tasmiṃyeva divase. Pañca vā atirekāni vākhaṇḍāni chinditvāti yathā pañcakhaṇḍikādīnaṃ saṅghāṭiādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññatarappahonakāni mahāmaṇḍalaaḍḍhamaṇḍalādivasena pañca khaṇḍāni vā atirekāni vā sattādikhaṇḍāni honti, evaṃ chinditvā. Tasmiñca kathinacīvare kariyamāne ‘‘ahaṃ thero’’ti vā ‘‘bahussuto’’ti vā ekenāpi akātuṃ na labbhati. Anādariyena akarontassa dukkaṭaṃ. Tasmā sabbeheva sannipatitvā dhovanachedanasibbanarajanāni niṭṭhāpetabbāni. Tenāha ‘‘sesabhikkhūhipi tassa sahāyehi bhavitabba’’nti. Katacīvaramevāti niṭṭhitaparikammameva kathinadussaṃ. Sabbantimena paricchedena antaravāsakopi chinditvāva kātabbo aññathā atthāravipattito. Yathāha –
比丘们,怎样才算咖提那衣没有敷展呢?只是画了线,并不算咖提那衣已经敷展……除非在当天就裁剪成五片或超过五片。巴利
‘‘Kathañca pana, bhikkhave, anatthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ? Na ullikhitamattena atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ…pe… na aññatra pañcakena vā atirekapañcakena vā tadaheva sañchinnenā’’ti (mahāva. 308).
所以他说:“不过,没有裁剪缝合好的,就不合适。” “那位比丘”,指的是敷展咖提那衣的比丘。“应当敷展”,就是应当做敷展。而且应当知道,那只是如是发出言语的做法。正如所说——巴利
Tenevāha ‘‘acchinnāsibbitaṃ pana na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tena bhikkhunāti atthārakena bhikkhunā. Attharitabbanti attharaṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Tañca kho tathāvacībhedakaraṇamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yathāha –
如果他想用僧伽梨衣来敷展咖提那衣,就应该把旧的僧伽梨衣撤下,对新的僧伽梨衣作决意,并且要说这样的话:“我以此僧伽梨衣敷展咖提那衣。”巴利
‘‘Sace saṅghāṭiyā kathinaṃ attharitukāmo hoti, porāṇikā saṅghāṭi paccuddharitabbā, navā saṅghāṭi adhiṭṭhātabbā, ‘imāya saṅghāṭiyā kathinaṃ attharāmī’ti vācā bhinditabbā’’ti (pari. 413) –
详细解释。“尊者”“贤友”以及“请你们随喜”“请你随喜”这些用语差别,是针对这些而说了“对长老等”等内容。巴利
Vitthāro. ‘‘Bhante, āvuso’’ti ca ‘‘anumodatha, anumodāhī’’ti ca vacanabhedaṃ sandhāya ‘‘therānañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
像这样说明了敷展者应当遵行的方式之后,现在为了说明随喜者应当遵行的方式,就说了“他们同样……”等话。“我们随喜”这句话,是出于对自己尊重而对自己说的。虽然这样说,但一个人单独时不应该说“我们随喜”,而应该说“我随喜”——他们是这么说的,应当审察之后采纳。现在为了显示咖提那衣的利益,在考察根据时说“即使前雨安居已结束者”等。其中,“正是他们”就是指敷展者和随喜者。在《附随》中这样说:“咖提那衣是为两个人而敷展的,即敷展者和随喜者。” “他们”就是指敷展者和随喜者。“从那时起”,就是从敷展和随喜的时候起。“直到咖提那衣收回”,并不只是限于衣月期间,而是以八种论母中的任何一种,或者以中途收回的方式,直到咖提那衣收回为止,都能获得五种利益;但收回之后就不再获得,这就是它的意思。巴利
Evaṃ atthārakena paṭipajjitabbavidhiṃ dassetvā idāni anumodakehi paṭipajjitabbavidhiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tehipī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Anumodāmā’’ti attanāva attani gāravavasena vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi evaṃ vuttaṃ, tathāpi ekakena ‘‘anumodāmā’’ti vattuṃ na vaṭṭati, ‘‘anumodāmi’’cceva vattabbanti vadanti, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ. Idāni kathinānisaṃse dassetuṃ bhūmiṃ vicārayanto ‘‘purimavassaṃvuṭṭhesupī’’tiādimāha. Tattha tesaṃyevāti atthārakaanumodakānaṃyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ parivāre ‘‘dvinnaṃ puggalānaṃ atthataṃ hoti kathinaṃ atthārakassa ca anumodakassa cā’’ti (pari. 403). Teti atthārakaanumodakā. Tato paṭṭhāyāti atthārānumodanato paṭṭhāya. Yāva kathinassubbhārāti na kevalaṃ cīvaramāseyeva, atha kho aṭṭhannaṃ mātikānaṃ aññatarena vā antarubbhārena vā yāva kathinassubbhārā pañcānisaṃse labhanti, uddhaṭe pana na labhantīti attho.
现在为了如实展示这五种利益,说了“不告而行”等话。其中,所谓“不告而行”,是指已经接受了五种食物中任何一种邀请的比丘,没有向在场的比丘打招呼,就进入在家人家中走动。所谓“不持而行”,是指对已经以名字决意了的袈裟不持而行,意思是:把已经以名字决意了的三件袈裟中的任何一件放在某个地方,而在别处天亮,这就叫离衣宿。所谓“随意衣”,是指就袈裟的用途来说,需要多少就持有多少,也就是持着未决意、未净施的袈裟,意思是超过十天存放袈裟。众食就是僧众的食物。这里说的“众”,是指四位比丘或更多,他们得到告知或迎请而获得饭等五种食物中的任何一种,共同受用。凡在那里生起衣者,在那里,无论是迦絺那衣堂范围内的死尸衣,或是为僧团而布施的,或是用僧团所得在那里生起的物品带来的,以任何方式生起的属于僧团的衣,那将成为他们的,这是意思。因此说“在那个住处僧团生起的衣”。巴利
Idāni te pañcānisaṃse sarūpato dassetuṃ ‘‘anāmantacāro’’tiādimāha. Tattha anāmantacāro nāma pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantitassa santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchā kulesu cārittāpajjanaṃ. Asamādānacāro nāma nāmenādhiṭṭhitassa cīvarassa asamādānacaraṇaṃ, nāmenādhiṭṭhitānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānamaññataraṃ cīvaraṃ yattha katthaci nikkhipitvā aññattha aruṇuṭṭhāpananti attho, cīvaravippavāsoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yāvadatthacīvaranti yāvatā cīvarena attho hoti, tāvatakaṃ anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappitaṃ cīvaradhāraṇaṃ, dasāhamatikkamitvā cīvarassa ṭhapananti attho. Gaṇassa bhojanaṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ. Gaṇoti cettha cattāro vā tatuttari vā bhikkhū. Tesaṃ viññattito vā nimantanato vā laddhassa odanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ aññatarabhojanassa saha gahaṇanti attho. Yo ca tattha cīvaruppādoti tattha kathinatthatasīmāya matakacīvaraṃ vā hotu, saṅghaṃ uddissa dinnaṃ vā saṅghikena tatruppādena ābhataṃ vā yena kenaci ākārena yaṃ saṅghikaṃ cīvaraṃ uppajjati, taṃ tesaṃ bhavissatīti attho. Tenāha ‘‘tasmiṃ āvāse saṅghassa uppannacīvarañcā’’ti.
不过,那里属于僧团而已经出现的钵等物品,或者其他物品,这些归所有人所得。如果是用那里产生的米等换来的布,那么只有那些已经展开迦絺那衣的人才能得到这些布。如果用布换来了米等,那么这些米等归所有人所得——在《甘提巴达》中是这样说的。这一点也应该理解为:从换来的那一刻起,就不再算是衣的生起,所以这个说法是妥当的。然而,对于没有展开迦絺那衣的人,在这五种利益当中,在迦絺那衣月期间,除了不持衣而行这一项之外,其余的利益都能得到。如果连不持衣而行也能得到,那么波婆城的比丘们雨安居结束后,就不会带着被水浸湿的衣来到世尊那里了。正因为得不到这一项,所以即使在迦絺那衣月期间,他们也是持着衣来到世尊那里的。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ pana tattha saṅghassa uppannaṃ pattādi vā aññaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ vā, taṃ sabbesaṃ pāpuṇāti. Yaṃ pana tatruppādena taṇḍulādinā vatthaṃ cetāpitaṃ, atthatakathinānameva tāni vatthāni pāpuṇanti. Vatthehi pana taṇḍulādīsu cetāpitesu sabbesaṃ tāni pāpuṇantī’’ti gaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ, tampi cetāpitakālato paṭṭhāya cīvaruppādo na hotīti suvuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Anatthatakathinā pana imesu pañcasu ānisaṃsesu cīvaramāse asamādānacāraṃ ṭhapetvā sesānisaṃse labhanti. Yadi asamādānacāropi labbheyya, pāveyyakā bhikkhū vassaṃvuṭṭhā okapuṇṇehi cīvarehi na bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkameyyuṃ. Yasmā taṃ na labbhati, tasmā cīvaramāsepi cīvaraṃ samādāya eva bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu.
这样显示了咖提那衣的铺展之后,现在要显示它的撤销,所以说“然而那咖提那衣”等话。其中,“论母”就是母亲们,意思是生育者。因为这八法能生起咖提那衣的撤销。在她们当中,离去是此的终点,所以叫“以离去为终点”。其余的也应当这样理解。其中,如果有比丘处于已铺展咖提那衣的情形,拿着咖提那衣,对那个住处无所留恋,心想“不再回来”而离去,当他这样离去时,一旦越过界域,咖提那衣的撤销就发生了,应当知道这就是“以离去为终点”的咖提那衣撤销。巴利
Evaṃ kathinatthāraṃ dassetvā idāni ubbhāraṃ dassento ‘‘taṃ panetaṃ kathina’’ntiādimāha. Tattha mātikāti mātaro, janettiyoti attho. Kathinubbhārañhi etā aṭṭha janenti. Tāsu pakkamanaṃ anto etissāti pakkamanantikā. Evaṃ sesāpi veditabbā. Tattha yo bhikkhu atthatakathino kathinacīvaraṃ ādāya tasmiṃ āvāse nirapekkho ‘‘na paccessa’’nti pakkamati, tassevaṃ pakkamato kathinuddhāro atikkantamattāya sīmāya hotīti pakkamanantiko kathinuddhāroti veditabbo.
如果有比丘拿了利益衣之后离开,当他到了界外时,心里这样想:“我就在这里把这件衣做掉,不再回那座精舍了。”于是他对那个住处不再牵挂,就把那件衣做掉,这位比丘的咖提那衣就是以完成为条件而舍。巴利
Yo pana ānisaṃsacīvaraṃ ādāya pakkamati, tassa bahisīmāgatassa evaṃ hoti ‘‘idhevimaṃ karissāmi, na puna taṃ vihāraṃ gacchissāmī’’ti tasmiṃ āvāse nirapekkho hutvā taṃ cīvaraṃ kāreti, tassa bhikkhuno niṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.
如果比丘拿了作为利益根本的衣料后,走到界外,决定:“我不做这件衣,也不去那个住处。”那么,这就是以决定为缘而舍咖提那衣。巴利
Yadi pana ānisaṃsamūlacīvaraṃ ādāya bahisīmāgato ‘‘nevimaṃ cīvaraṃ karissāmi, na ca taṃ āvāsaṃ gacchissāmī’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ karoti, tadā sanniṭṭhānantiko kathinuddhāro.
他拿到那件作为利益的衣之后,带着它走到界外,心想:“我就在这里把这件衣做出来,不再往前走了。”如果他正在做的时候,那件衣丢失、毁坏或被烧掉,那就属于因失坏而结束咖提那衣的资格。巴利
Tadeva ānisaṃsacīvaraṃ laddhā taṃ ādāya bahisīmaṃ gantvā ‘‘idhevimaṃ cīvaraṃ karissāmi, na gacchissāmī’’ti karontassa sace taṃ cīvaraṃ nassati vinassati ḍayhati, nāsanantiko kathinuddhāro hoti.
如果一位比丘得到了利益衣,却还对那座精舍有所牵挂,然后走到界外,这时他听说“精舍里的比丘们已经把咖提那衣收起来了”,那么对他来说,就是因听闻而舍咖提那衣。巴利
Sace pana ānisaṃsacīvaraṃ laddhā tasmiṃ vihāre sāpekkhova bahisīmāgato ‘‘vihāre bhikkhūhi antarubbhāraṃ kata’’nti suṇāti, tassa savanantiko kathinuddhāro hoti.
如果有人对某位比丘说“我会给你衣”,这位比丘就对那件衣怀着期待,放弃了对精舍的牵挂而走到界外,那人却又对他说“我给不了了”,于是他断掉了期待。对他而言,这就是因期待断绝而舍咖提那衣。巴利
Āsāya avacchedo etissāti āsāvacchedikā. Yo pana yena kenaci ‘‘tuyhaṃ cīvaraṃ dassāmī’’ti vutto tasmiṃ cīvare āsāya vihāre apekkhaṃ pahāya bahisīmāgato puna tena ‘‘na sakkomi dātu’’nti vutte āsaṃ chindati, tassa āsāvacchediko kathinuddhāro hoti.
如果有比丘从结夏安居结束后的住处,对另一个住处仍然带着期待而前去,在返回的路上就超过了咖提那衣的期限,那么对他来说,这就是因越界而舍咖提那衣。巴利
Yo pana vassaṃvuṭṭhavihārato aññaṃ vihāraṃ sāpekkhova gantvā āgacchanto antarāmaggeyeva kathinuddhāraṃ vītināmeti, tassa sīmātikkamanantiko kathinuddhāro.
与取起同时,就是同时取起。比丘拿着利益衣外出,心里还存着期待,在外面完成咖提那衣取起时,应当知道这种咖提那衣取起就是同时取起。巴利
Saha ubbhārenāti sahubbhārā. Ānisaṃsacīvaraṃ ādāya sāpekkhova bahi gantvā kathinuddhāraṃ sambhuṇantassa kathinuddhāro sahubbhāroti veditabbo.
“然而,在出发边际的咖提那衣取起中,首先衣障被断除”等,关于衣障断除等的详细抉择,因为在《善见律毗婆沙》(大品义注311)中已详细讲述,所以说“其中详细抉择”等。或者应当理解:仅仅关于八种取起的详细抉择在那里已经存在,所以这样说。“其余障不存在”是指其余障碍不存在,意思是住处障不存在。巴利
‘‘Etasmiṃ pana pakkamanantike kathinuddhāre paṭhamaṃ cīvarapalibodho chijjatī’’tiādinā cīvarapalibodhupacchedādikassa vinicchayassa vitthārato samantapāsādikāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 311) vuttattā 8 ‘‘tattha vitthāravinicchayo’’tiādimāha. Atthārubbhārānaṃyeva vā vitthāravinicchayassa tatthāgatattā evaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesapalibodhābhāvanti avasesassa palibodhassa abhāvaṃ, āvāsapalibodhābhāvanti attho.
“有”是指时间。“最多十日”是在连续关系中的受格,所以他说“那最多十日的时间”。“超过”就是超出,而这种超出是相对于已受持与已说净的衣来说的,所以他说“在已受持与已说净中”等。“麻布”是用麻线织成的麻布衣。其余几种也同样理解。“羊毛布”是指除去人毛、兽毛之外,用其余毛织成的布。“麻”是指用麻纤维制成的布。“杂”是指用麻线等五种混合织成的布。也有人说“各别只用一种纤维制成”。“与它们相似”是指细棉布、毛织物、索玛拉布、中国布、神变生衣、天人所给衣,这些是麻布等的相似品,或者是六种衣的相似品。其中,细棉布是麻的相似品,因为是由纤维制成。在毛织物产地,由虫所生的布就是毛织物。在索玛拉地区所生的布就是索玛拉布。中国布也是这样。这三种都是丝的相似品,因为是由虫所制的线。神变生衣,是“来吧比丘”以福德神通力所生出的衣。但它属于麻布等中的某一种,所以是它们的相似品。天人所给的衣就是天人所给,比如从如意树所生、由天女嘉利尼给予阿那律长老的布,它也是麻布等的相似品,因为属于其中之一。巴利
Assāti kālassa. Dasāhaparamanti accantasaṃyoge upayogavacananti āha ‘‘taṃ dasāhaparamaṃ kāla’’nti. Atirekanti adhikaṃ, so ca adhikabhāvo adhiṭṭhitavikappitacīvaratoti āha ‘‘adhiṭṭhitavikappitesū’’tiādi. Khomanti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.636-638) khomasuttehi vāyitaṃ khomapaṭṭacīvaraṃ. Tathā sesāni. Kambalaṃ nāma manussalomavāḷalome ṭhapetvā sesalomehi vāyitvā katavatthaṃ. Sāṇaṃ nāma sāṇavākehi katavatthaṃ. Bhaṅgaṃ nāma khomasuttādīhi pañcahi missetvā katavatthaṃ. ‘‘Pāṭekkaṃ vākamayamevā’’tipi vadanti. Tadanulomānaṃ vāti dukūlaṃ pattuṇṇaṃ somārapaṭṭaṃ cīnapaṭṭaṃ iddhijaṃ devadinnanti tesaṃ khomādīnaṃyeva anulomānaṃ channaṃ cīvarānaṃ vā, tattha dukūlaṃ sāṇassa anulomaṃ vākamayattā. Pattuṇṇadese pāṇakehi sañjātavatthaṃ pattuṇṇaṃ. Somāradese jātaṃ vatthaṃ somārapaṭṭaṃ. Tathā cīnapaṭṭaṃ. Imāni tīṇipi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhijaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ. Taṃ pana khomādīnamaññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃyeva anulomaṃ. Devehi dinnaṃ cīvaraṃ devadinnaṃ, taṃ kapparukkhe nibbattaṃ jāliniyā devakaññāya anuruddhattherassa dinnavatthasadisaṃ, tampi khomādīnaṃyeva anulomaṃ hoti tesu aññatarabhāvato.
长度是一腕尺,宽度是它的一半,这是可以达到说净的最后一种。“八指,用善逝指来算”:这里所谓的“善逝指”,就是现在中等身材的人前三指并拢的宽度;用这样的善逝指来量,八个指宽就是一腕尺,这就是这句话的意思。“四指宽”这里,也应该按照前面所说的方式来理解。不过,由于缺少这些决意与说净,所以不归入已决意和已说净的衣之中,这就叫做“超过衣”。巴利
Dīghato vaḍḍhakihatthappamāṇaṃ, vitthārato tato upaḍḍhappamāṇaṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchimaṃ. Aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ sugataṅgulenāti ettha sugataṅgulaṃ nāma idāni majjhimassa purimassa tīṇi aṅgulāni, tena sugataṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ vaḍḍhakihatthappamāṇanti attho. Caturaṅgulavitthatanti etthāpi yathāvuttānusāreneva attho veditabbo. Yesaṃ pana adhiṭṭhānavikappanānaṃ abhāvato adhiṭṭhitavikappitesu apariyāpannattā idaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ nāma hoti.
针对“决意和分配应当以什么方式来了知”这个追问,为了说明这一点,便开始了“然而所说的……”等这段话。其中,“然而所说的”是为了指出超过衣,意思是:我们所说的“因为不包含在已决意和已分配的衣之中”。“决意三衣”:说出名称之后作决意。“不分配”:不允许用僧伽梨等名称来分配,这是它的意思。但如果是说“我分配这件衣”,这样来分配是完全可以的。不过,这里用通称来说三衣,是为了表明三衣和疥疮遮衣、雨季衣一样,因为不按时间有差别,所以是可以分配的,并不是要完全禁止分配,应当这样理解。因为根据“取出旧衣后决意新衣”的说法,以及“无犯,决意、分配”等说法,三衣的分配也是被允许的。这个规则在所有地方都一样。决意三衣等时,应当说出各自的名称——“我决意这件僧伽梨”等——来作决意。而分配时,则不取“这件僧伽梨”等各件衣的名称,应当说“我分配这件衣给你”来作分配。不管是三衣还是别的衣,如果取了各自的名称来分配,那就不算分配,仍然属于超过衣的状态。“此后分配”:四个月之后,说“我分配这件衣”来分配。这是允许受用的。不过有些人说:“此后分配之后,直到来年雨季的四个月,允许保存。”“此后”是指病后。在《甘提巴达》中说:“这些雨季衣、疥疮遮衣等,因为允许在此后分配后受用,所以这样分配之后,应当以其他名称决意后再受用。”应当了知什么是应决意的和应分配的,也就是说,应当这样了知决意和分配:什么是应决意的,什么是应分配的。巴利
Taṃ adhiṭṭhānavikappanaṃ kenākārena jānitabbanti anuyogaṃ sandhāya taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yaṃ pana vutta’’ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha yaṃ pana vuttanti atirekacīvaraṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘adhiṭṭhitavikappitesu apariyāpannattā’’ti amhehi yaṃ vuttanti attho. Ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātunti nāmaṃ vatvā adhiṭṭhātuṃ. Na vikappetunti saṅghāṭiādināmena vikappetuṃ na anujānāmīti attho. ‘‘Imaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappemī’’ti pana vikappetuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Sāmaññavacanaṃ pana ticīvarassa kaṇḍupaṭicchādivassikasāṭikānaṃ viya kālavasena visesābhāvā cassa vikappetabbatāti dassanatthaṃ , na pana sabbathā vikappanapaṭisedhanatthanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi purāṇacīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā navassa adhiṭṭhānavacanato, ‘‘anāpatti adhiṭṭheti vikappetī’’tiādivacanato (pārā. 469) ca ticīvarassapi vikappanāya okāso dinno. Esa nayo sabbattha. Ticīvarādīni hi adhiṭṭhahantena ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’tiādinā taṃ taṃ nāmaṃ vatvā adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Vikappentena pana ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭi’’ntiādinā tassa tassa cīvarassa nāmaṃ aggahetvā ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’ti vikappetabbaṃ. Ticīvaraṃ vā hotu, aññaṃ vā, yadi taṃ taṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā vikappeti, avikappitaṃ hoti, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. Tato paraṃ vikappetunti catumāsato paraṃ ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ vikappemī’’ti vikappetuṃ. Idañca paribhuñjituṃ anuññātaṃ. Keci pana (sārattha. ṭī. 2.469) ‘‘tato paraṃ vikappetvā yāva āgāmisaṃvacchare vassānaṃ catumāsaṃ, tāva ṭhapetuṃ anuññāta’’nti vadanti. Tato paranti ābādhato paraṃ. ‘‘Imāsañca pana vassikasāṭikakaṇḍupaṭicchādīnaṃ tato paraṃ vikappetvā paribhogassa anuññātattā tathāvikappitaṃ aññanāmena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabba’’nti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Adhiṭṭhātabbavikappetabbatā jānitabbāti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ vikappetabbanti evaṃ adhiṭṭhānavikappanā jānitabbāti attho.
所谓“五量”,就是五个单位;和拳、拳手相关联的五个单位,就是“拳五量”。这里“拳三”也是同样的道理。因为用披覆的方式也能遮住肚脐,所以说“两手也允许”。不只是两手半允许,两手也允许——应当理解这里“也”字的意思。“超过”是指善逝衣的尺寸以及比那还大。“我取出”的意思是“我保存”,或者“我舍弃”。说“我决意此衣为僧伽梨”也是可以的。“作身变化”是指用手等触碰衣,或者摇动它。这种决意,如果不以身体的任何部分触碰,就不允许。“两种”是按当面和不当面来分。“应发语”是指应当说出话来。“在内室等”是指在内室、楼上、阁楼等处。“周边住处”是指当天能去再返回的邻近住处。这只是教说的开头,所以有人说即使在远处也应当决意。“观察放置处”这句话,是显示对衣的观察。因为仅仅观察放置处,并没有什么用处。巴利
Pañcaparimāṇaṃ assāti pañcakaṃ, muṭṭhissa muṭṭhihatthassa sambandhaṃ pañcakaṃ muṭṭhipañcakaṃ. Esa na yo muṭṭhittikanti etthāpi. Pārupanenapi sakkā nābhiṃ paṭicchādetunti āha ‘‘dvihatthopi vaṭṭatī’’ti. Na kevalaṃ aḍḍhateyyova vaṭṭati, atha kho dvihatthopi vaṭṭatīti pi-saddassa attho daṭṭhabbo. Atirekañcāti sugatacīvarappamāṇampi tato adhikampi. Paccuddharāmīti ṭhapemi, pariccajāmīti vā attho. ‘‘Imaṃ cīvaraṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti (sārattha. ṭī. 2.469) evampi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Kāyavikāraṃ karontenāti hatthādinā cīvaraṃ parāmasantena, cālentena vā. Idañhi adhiṭṭhānaṃ yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena aphusantassa na vaṭṭati. Duvidhanti sammukhāparammukhabhedena duvidhaṃ. Vācā bhinditabbāti vacanaṃ nicchāretabbaṃ. Antogabbhādīsūti antogabbhauparipāsādesu. Sāmantavihāreti yattha tadaheva gantvā nivattetuṃ sakkā, evarūpe samīpavihāre. Idañca desanāsīsamattaṃ, tasmā dūre ṭhitampi adhiṭṭhātabbanti vadanti. ‘‘Ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā’’ti iminā cīvarasaṃlakkhaṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Na hi ṭhapitaṭṭhānamattasallakkhaṇena kiñci payojanaṃ atthi.
以决意而放置的衣:是指通过决意而放置的衣,包括铺敷布、擦面布、资具布。因为在决意之前还没有僧伽梨等名称,所以这里显示了对铺敷布等各别舍弃的方法,即我舍弃此。然而,由于应当以铺敷布等名称来决意,所以即使说我舍弃此铺敷布等,也没有过失。应再次决意:是指应当以僧伽梨等名称来决意。不过,对于资具布,即使是以资具布的方式决意而放置的衣,当它被做成僧伽梨等时,也不必舍弃后再决意,先前的决意就是决意。然而,如果用那件已决意的衣去缝上更大的第二块布或碎片,就应当决意;如果大小相同或更小,就没有决意的必要。为了乐受用:因为没有别离的过失,所以无论把它放在哪里,为了听法等事务前往别处,到天亮后起来回来,不必舍弃就能受用,因此说是为了乐受用。决意资具布:就是把它作为资具布而决意。巴利
Adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehīti paccattharaṇamukhapuñchanacoḷaparikkhāracoḷavasena adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehi. Adhiṭṭhānato pubbe saṅghāṭiādivohārassa abhāvato ‘‘imaṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti paccattharaṇādīnaṃ visuṃ paccuddharaṇavidhiṃ dasseti. Paccattharaṇādināmena pana adhiṭṭhātabbattā ‘‘imaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ paccuddharāmī’’tiādinā vuttepi nevatthi doso. Puna adhiṭṭhātabbānīti saṅghāṭiādināmena adhiṭṭhātabbāni. Parikkhāracoḷakassa pana parikkhāracoḷavasena adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehipi saṅghāṭiādimhi kate paccuddharitvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbanti natthi. Pubbe katādhiṭṭhānameva adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Adhiṭṭhitena pana tena saddhiṃ mahantatarameva dutiyaṃ paṭṭaṃ vā khaṇḍaṃ vā saṃsibbantena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, same vā khuddake vā adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi. Sukhaparibhogatthanti vippavāsadosābhāvato yattha katthaci ṭhapetvā dhammassavanādinā kiccena aññattha aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetvā āgantvā nissajjanaṃ vināva paribhuñjituṃ sakkuṇeyyatāya sukhaparibhogatthaṃ. Parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātunti parikkhāracoḷaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhātuṃ.
“不超过量”:就是不超过“长六善逝张手、宽一善逝张手半”所说的量。“舍弃后应分配”:就是从雨浴衣的身份中拿掉之后再分配。从寒季第一天开始,在十天之内,从雨浴衣的身份中拿掉之后,用“我把这件衣分配给你”这样的方式分配——这就是所说的意思。否则,因为下文将会说“雨浴衣因雨季月份过去而失去决意,疥癣遮衣因病愈而失去决意”,那么在雨季月份之后如果没有决意,还能舍弃什么呢?这样一来,“舍弃后”这句话本身就不成立了。巴利
Anatirittapamāṇāti ‘‘dīghaso cha vidatthiyo sugatavidatthiyā, tiriyaṃ aḍḍhateyyā’’ti (pāci. 543) vuttappamāṇato anadhikapamāṇā. Paccuddharitvā vikappetabbāti vassikasāṭikabhāvato apanetvā vikappetabbā, hemantassa paṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe vassikasāṭikāvassikasāṭikabhāvato apanetvā ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’tiādinā nayena vikappetabbāti vuttaṃ hoti. Aññathā hi ‘‘vassikasāṭikā vassānamāsātikkamenāpi, kaṇḍupaṭicchādi ābādhavūpasamenāpi adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatī’’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vakkhamānattā vassānamāsato paraṃ asati adhiṭṭhāne kiṃ paccuddhareyyāti ‘‘paccuddharitvā’’ti vacanameva nopapajjeyya.
有些人却说:就像在咖提那月期间得到的衣,过了咖提那月就成为舍堕;同样,这件雨浴衣过了雨季的月份也成为舍堕。因此应当这样理解:在迦提月满月日把它舍弃,然后从寒季第一天起应当作分配;应当知道“舍弃后,其后应分配”这句话的搭配。这种说法是不合理的。因为在咖提那月期间得到的衣,是处在多余衣的状态,在最后一天如果没有决意,过了咖提那月就成为舍堕。但这件雨浴衣因为已经决意而放着,所以和那件衣不一样,怎么会在过了雨季之后成为舍堕呢?只有没有决意、没有分配的衣,在时限过后才成为舍堕。因此,即使在寒季,雨浴衣也享有十天的宽限。同样,疥癣遮衣在舍弃决意之后,也享有十天的宽限。不过不应超过十天,应当作分配。由于是允许作沐浴用的,所以即使只是颜色改变,这件衣也仍然可以用,这是所说的。“然而两件不可以”,是因为没有对两件衣的决意,所以这样说。他们说:如果在雨季有另一件雨浴衣出现,应当舍弃前一件雨浴衣,分配之后再决意。巴利
Keci pana (sārattha. ṭī. 2.469) ‘‘yathā kathinamāsabbhantare uppannacīvaraṃ kathinamāsātikkame nissaggiyaṃ hoti, evamayaṃ vassikasāṭikāpi vassānamāsātikkame nissaggiyā hoti. Tasmā kattikapuṇṇamadivase paccuddharitvā tato paraṃ hemantassa paṭhamadivase vikappetabbāti evamattho gahetabbo, paccuddharitvā tato paraṃ vikappetabbāti padayojanā veditabbā’’ti ca vadanti, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Kathinamāse uppannañhi cīvaraṃ atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhitattā avasānadivase anadhiṭṭhitaṃ kathinamāsātikkame nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ pana vassikasāṭikā adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitattā na tena sadisāti vassānātikkame kathaṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti anadhiṭṭhitaavikappitameva hi taṃ kālātikkame nissaggiyaṃ hoti, tasmā hemantepi vassikasāṭikā dasāhaparihāraṃ labhati. Evaṃ kaṇḍupaṭicchādipi adhiṭṭhānavijahanato paraṃ dasāhaparihāraṃ labhati. Dasāhaṃ pana anatikkāmetvā vikappetabbā. Nahānatthāya anuññātattā vaṇṇabhedamattarattāpi cesā vaṭṭatīti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Dve pana na vaṭṭantī’’ti dvinnaṃ adhiṭṭhānābhāvato vuttaṃ . ‘‘Sace vassāne aparā vassikasāṭikā uppannā hoti, purimavassikasāṭikaṃ paccuddharitvā, vikappetvā ca adhiṭṭhātabbā’’ti vadanti.
“合量”是指与“长二善逝张手、宽十五张手”这个标准相应。“有量”是指与“善逝张手长四张手、宽二张手”这样所说的量相应。关于“舍弃后应分配”,这里该说的,前面已经说过了。因为比丘们三衣具足时,若有需要,世尊为了摄受众多钵袋、滤水布等,开许了资具布的决意,说“诸比丘,我允许资具布”,所以说了“资具布不计入”等话。因为世尊出于悲悯,凡比丘们得到什么,就以这种方式决意,然后又允许“需要滤水布等什么,就做成什么来受用”。所以说了“针筒也”等话。用“等”字,也包含了“我决意这些衣为资具布”这种非现前决意。“为住处资具所施的敷布”这句话,排除了自己所有的敷布。但有些人说:“没有穿、没有披,只是铺在五种座具上受用的敷布,即使是自己所有的,没有决意也可以用。”这不合理,因为敷布已被“为住处资具所施”限定了。应知枕头、被褥、帷幕、地毯也属于住处资具,没有决意的必要。巴利
Pamāṇayuttanti ‘‘dīghaso sugatavidatthiyā dve vidatthiyo, vitthārato diyaḍḍhaṃ dasā vidatthī’’ti (pāci. 531 ādayo) iminā pamāṇena yuttaṃ. Pamāṇikāti ‘‘sugatavidatthiyā dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyo’’ti evaṃ vuttappamāṇayuttā. Paccuddharitvā vikappetabbāti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Yasmā bhikkhūnaṃ ticīvare paripuṇṇe, atthe ca sati parissāvanādīhi ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, parikkhāracoḷaka’’nti (mahāva. 357) bahūnaṃ pattatthavikaparissāvanādīnaṃ saṅgahavasena parikkhāracoḷādhiṭṭhānamanuññātaṃ, tasmā ‘‘parikkhāracoḷe gaṇanā natthī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhagavatā hi yaṃ yaṃ bhikkhū labhanti, taṃ taṃ iminā vidhānena adhiṭṭhahitvā puna ‘‘yena yena parissāvanādinā attho hoti, taṃ taṃ katvā gaṇhantū’’ti anukampāya anuññātaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘thavikāpī’’tiādi. Ādisaddena ‘‘etāni cīvarāni parikkhāracoḷāni adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti asammukhādhiṭṭhānaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ‘‘Senāsanaparikkhāratthāya dinnapaccattharaṇe cā’’ti iminā attano santakaṃ paṭikkhipati. Keci pana (sārattha. ṭī. 2.469) ‘‘anivāsetvā, apārupitvā ca kevalaṃ pañcapīṭhesuyeva attharitvā paribhuñjiyamānaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ attano santakampi anadhiṭṭhitaṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ ayuttaṃ senāsanaparikkhāratthāya dinna’’nti paccattharaṇassa visesitattā. Bhisibibbohanapāvārakojavānampi senāsanaparikkhāratoyeva adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthīti veditabbaṃ.
有人问:已经决意过的这件僧衣,正在受用的人,怎样才会失去决意呢?为此,论师说“然而,这一切……”等话。其中,“以强夺而取”是指被盗贼等强行夺走。“以退堕”是指退回在家人的身份,也就是还俗的意思;具体是说,心里想“我要做一个持戒的在家人”,于是穿上白衣。有人说:“对于犯了极重罪的人,穿白衣或舍弃袈裟就是退堕。”另有人说:“‘以退堕’这句话,只包括比丘尼失去决意。因为她一旦还俗,就成为非沙门。而比丘即使还俗,只要还没有舍弃所学,就仍然是比丘,因此不会失去决意。”“以舍学”是指在还保持比丘身份的情况下舍弃所学。因为一个人还保持着比丘的身份而舍弃所学,那么连他身上穿着的僧衣,决意也会失去。“以相变异”是指男相或女相转变,比如男子现出女相,或女子现出男相,像这样所说的情形。“以命终”就是死亡。巴利
Adhiṭṭhitañca panetaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjato kathaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti āha ‘‘sabbañca paneta’’ntiādi. Tattha acchinditvā gahaṇenāti corādīhi acchinditvā gahaṇena. Hīnāyāvattanenāti gihibhāvāya āvattanena, vibbhamenāti attho, ‘‘sīlavantova hutvā gihī bhavissāmī’’ti setavatthanivāsanenāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Antimavatthuṃ ajjhāpannassa setavatthanivāso vā kāsāyacajanaṃ vā hīnāyāvattana’’nti keci. ‘‘‘Hīnāyāvattanenā’ti iminā bhikkhuniyā eva adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ gahitaṃ hoti. Sā hi yadā vibbhamati, tadā assamaṇī hoti. Bhikkhu pana vibbhamantopi yāva sikkhaṃ na paccakkhāti, tāva bhikkhuyevāti adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahatī’’ti apare. Sikkhāpaccakkhānenāti liṅge ṭhitasseva sikkhāya paccakkhānena. Yo hi bhikkhuliṅge ṭhitova sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti, tassa kāyalaggampi cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti. Kālaṅkiriyāyāti maraṇena. Liṅgaparivattanenāti purisaliṅgassa , itthiliṅgassa vā parivattanena, purisassa itthiliṅgapātubhāvena, itthiyā vā purisaliṅgapātubhāvenāti vuttaṃ hoti.
“以小指指甲背为量”:这是显示下限。“从内侧”:就是从里面。如果有人先在薄弱处打结,然后剪断薄弱处再拿走,决意不破。绕圈更换时也是同样的道理。不过,如果是双层衣,其中一层出现破洞或破损,决意不破。把小衣改成大衣,或把大衣改成小衣,决意不破。如果把两端放到中间来做,若是先剪断再缝合,决意就破;若是先缝合再剪断,就不破。交给染工洗白,决意也仍然是决意。“乃至过了雨季月”:这里的“也”是合集的意思。因此,不只是因为前面所说的布施等八种原因使雨浴衣舍弃决意,过了雨季月也同样舍弃决意,这里应当这样理解。到了“乃至病愈”这里,道理也是一样。“分配学处”:就是波逸提中饮酒品第九学处。巴利
Kaniṭṭhaṅgulinakhapiṭṭhippamāṇenāti heṭṭhimaparicchedaṃ dasseti. Oratoti abbhantarato. Yo pana dubbalaṭṭhāne paṭhamaṃ aggaḷaṃ datvā pacchā dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā apaneti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Maṇḍalaparivattanepi eseva nayo. Dupaṭṭassa pana ekasmiṃ paṭale chidde vā jāte, galite vā adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Khuddakaṃ cīvaraṃ mahantaṃ karoti, mahantaṃ vā khuddakaṃ karoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ na bhijjati. Ubho koṭiyo majjhe karonto sace pana paṭhamaṃ chinditvā pacchā ghaṭeti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ bhijjati. Atha ghaṭetvā chindati, na bhijjati. Rajakehi dhovāpetvā setaṃ karontassāpi adhiṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhānameva. Vassānamāsātikkamenāpīti ettha pi-saddo sampiṇḍanattho. Tena na kevalaṃ pubbe vuttena dānādinā aṭṭhavidheneva kāraṇena vassikasāṭikā adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, atha kho vassānamāsātikkamenapīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Esa nayo ābādhavūpasamenāpīti etthāpi. Vikappanasikkhāpadeti (pāci. 372 ādayo) pācittiye surāpānavaggassa navamasikkhāpade.
“超越它”这里,“它”指衣,或者指时间,所以说“它如所说的种类与量”等等。“他的”指比丘的。“他的明相”指那件衣生起那天已经过去的明相。“与衣生起日一起”就是与衣生起那天的明相一起。这里“日”这个词指的是依于那一天的明相。现在为了说明应该向谁舍、应该怎样舍,说了“拿了它”等等。其中“这里的做法”指在那种舍衣中的规则。“或以别的”指用别的语言,意思是用任何一种语言都可以。“有能力”指有能力说的人。“未来应当防护”指以后应当防护,意思是要成为防护身门和语门的人。这些“你看见吗”等等,依次是接受者等人应该说的话。也就是说,“你看见吗”是接受者应该说的话;“是的,我看见”是随喜者应该说的话。“未来应当防护”是下一位接受者应该说的话;“善哉,我会好好防护”是随喜者应该说的话,以此表明自己已经确立了对未来的防护。“在二或众多”指在二罪或众多罪中,应该按照前面的方式改变说法。“在白中忆念罪、发露”这里,应该作“二罪”或“众多罪”的说法变化。“在二或众多中应作说法变化”应该根据“这些衣”这件事来改变说法。巴利
Taṃ atikkāmayatoti ettha tanti cīvaraṃ, kālaṃ vā parāmasatīti āha ‘‘taṃ yathāvuttajātippamāṇa’’ntiādi. Assāti bhikkhussa. Tassa yo aruṇoti tassa cīvaruppādadivasassa yo atikkanto aruṇo. Cīvaruppādadivasena saddhinti cīvaruppādadivasassa aruṇena saddhiṃ. Divasasaddena cettha taṃdivasanissito aruṇo vutto. Idāni yassa ca nissajjitabbaṃ, yathā ca nissajjitabbaṃ, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘taṃ gahetvā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ nayoti tasmiṃ nissajjane ayaṃ vidhi. Aññathāpīti bhāsantarenāpi, yāya kāyaci bhāsāyapīti attho. Paṭibalenāti vattuṃ samatthena. Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsīti upari saṃvaramāpajjeyyāsi, saṃvutakāyavacīdvāro bhaveyyāsīti attho. Imāni ca ‘‘passasī’’tiādīni yathākkamaṃ paṭiggāhakadesakehi vattabbavacanāni. Tathā hi ‘‘passasī’’ti paṭiggāhakena vattabbavacanaṃ, ‘‘āma passāmī’’ti tadanudesakena vattabbavacanaṃ. ‘‘Āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti tadanuppaṭiggāhakena vattabbavacanaṃ, ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhu saṃvarissāmī’’ti tadanudesakena vattabbavacanaṃ. Iminā ca attano āyatiṃ saṃvare patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ dasseti. Dvīsu, pana sambahulāsu vāti dvīsu vā sambahulāsu vā āpattīsu purimanayeneva vacanabhedo kātabbo. Ñattiyaṃ āpattiṃ sarati vivaratīti ettha ‘‘dve āpattiyo’’ti vā ‘‘sambahulā āpattiyo’’ti vā vacanabhedo kātabbo. Dvīsu, bahūsu vā vacanabhedo kātabboti ‘‘saṅgho imāni cīvarānī’’ti vatthuvasena vacanabhedo kātabbo.
这样说明了向僧团舍出的方法之后,为了说明向群体舍出的方法,就说了“然而,向群体舍出的人……”等话。其中,“其余与前面相同”的意思是:在舍出、接受认罪、归还所舍之衣这些事情上,除了“诸位具寿”等所说的语句差别之外,其余都和向僧团舍出等中所说的相同。巴利
Evaṃ saṅghassa nissajjanavidhiṃ dassetvā gaṇassa nissajjanavidhiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘gaṇassa pana nissajjantenā’’tiādimāha. Tattha sesaṃ purimasadisamevāti nissajjanāpattippaṭiggahaṇanissaṭṭhacīvaradānesu ‘‘āyasmantāna’’ntiādinā vuttavacanabhedaṃ vinā avasesaṃ saṅghassa nissajjanādīsu vuttasadisamevāti attho.
现在为了说明向个人舍出的方法,所以说了“然向个人”等这段话。其中,“于二或于三”,是指在二或三种罪,以及应当施与的衣这两方面。正如向众舍出的做法那样,向两个人舍出的文句也应当同样理解。假如有什么不同的话,就像“诸比丘,我允许三人行清净布萨,诸比丘,应当这样做:由一位有能力、贤能的比丘告知那些比丘”等这样说了三人清净布萨之后,又用“诸比丘,我允许二人行清净布萨,诸比丘,应当这样做:长老比丘偏袒一肩”等方式,单独说了二人清净布萨那样,这里也应该单独说文句。然而因为并没有不同,所以没有另外说,向众所说的文句就是这里的文句。但在接受认罪方面有这样的差别:向众舍出后,说罪时,接受认罪的比丘要提出告白,这里则不提出告白,由两个人中的任何一人像单独一人那样接受认罪。因为两个人没有提出告白这回事。如果有的话,就不该单独说二人的清净布萨了。在施还所舍之衣时,也像一个人说“我把这件衣施与具寿”那样,说“我们把这件衣施与具寿”也是可以的。因为比这更重的白二羯磨也有经请求听许后应当作的,这与此是相顺的。因此说“然向二人”等。然而,所舍之衣必须施还,不施还则不允许。因为这仅仅是律的羯磨,并不是说这件衣由此就成了施给僧团、众或个人的。因此说“所舍之物”等。巴利
Idāni puggalassa nissajjanavidhiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘puggalassa panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha dvīsu, tīsu vāti dvīsu, tīsu vā āpattīsu ceva dātabbacīvaresu ca. Yathā ca gaṇassa nissajjane, evaṃ dvinnaṃ nissajjanepi pāḷi veditabbā. Yadi hi viseso bhaveyya, yatheva ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, tiṇṇaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kātabbo – byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena te bhikkhū ñāpetabbā’’tiādinā (mahāva. 168) nayena tiṇṇaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ vatvā ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ kātuṃ, evañca pana, bhikkhave, kattabbo – therena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅga’’ntiādinā nayena visuṃyeva dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposatho vutto, evaṃ idhāpi visuṃ pāḷiṃ vadeyya. Yasmā pana natthi, tasmā avatvāva gatoti gaṇassa vuttā pāḷiyevettha pāḷi. Āpattippaṭiggahaṇe pana ayaṃ viseso – yathā gaṇassa nissajjitvā āpattiyā desiyamānāya āpattippaṭiggāhako bhikkhu ñattiṃ ṭhapeti, evaṃ aṭṭhapetvā dvīsu aññatarena yathā ekapuggalo paṭiggaṇhāti, evaṃ āpatti paṭiggahetabbā. Dvinnañhi ñattiṭṭhapanaṃ nāma natthi. Yadi siyā, dvinnaṃ pārisuddhiuposathaṃ visuṃ na vadeyya. Nissaṭṭhacīvaradānepi yathā ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato dammī’’ti eko vadati, evaṃ ‘‘mayaṃ imaṃ cīvaraṃ āyasmato demā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Ito garukatarānipi hi ñattidutiyakammāni apaloketvā kātabbānīti vuttāni atthi, tesaṃ etaṃ anulomaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘dvinnaṃ panā’’tiādi. Nissaṭṭhacīvaraṃ pana dātabbameva, adātuṃ na labbhati. Vinayakammamattameva hetaṃ. Na taṃ tena saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā dinnameva hoti. Tenāha ‘‘nissaṭṭhavatthu’’ntiādi.
没有把衣从身上解下来就一直穿着用,即使这样穿了一整天,也只犯一个恶作罪。如果解下来之后又重新穿上下衣或披上上衣,那么每做一次动作就犯一个恶作罪。整理穿歪的下衣或披歪的上衣,不犯。别人受用那件衣,也不犯。“由别人做好、得到之后再受用”等说法,在这里可以作为依据。即使还没超过十天,但心里认为已经超过了,或者心里犹豫不确定,也犯恶作罪——这里也要把“受用者”这个词带进来连接。心里认为还没超过、而实际已经超过(衣已过十日,却生起“此衣未过”之想者),或者已经超过十天却认为“这十天还没过”而这样想者,也犯恶作罪。巴利
Anissajjitvāparibhuñjantassa dukkaṭanti sakiṃ nivatthaṃ vā sakiṃ pārutaṃ vā kāyato amocetvā divasampi carati, ekameva dukkaṭaṃ. Mocetvā nivāseti vā pārupati vā, payoge payoge dukkaṭaṃ. Dunnivatthaṃ vā duppārutaṃ vā saṇṭhāpentassa anāpatti. Aññassa taṃ paribhuñjatopi anāpatti. ‘‘Aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatī’’tiādivacanañcettha (pārā. 570) sādhakaṃ. Dasāhaṃ anatikkantepi atikkantasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭanti etthāpi ‘‘paribhuñjantassā’’ti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Atikkante anatikkantasaññinopīti dasāhaṃ atikkante cīvare ‘‘anatikkantaṃ ida’’nti evaṃ saññino, dasāhe vā atikkante ‘‘anatikkanto dasāho’’ti evaṃ saññino.
现在,为了把“未决意却认为已决意的人,犯舍堕”等这一类犯戒情形归纳起来并加以说明,就说了“如是”等话。“如是”的意思是:就像过了十天之后,因为想法的不同而形成三种波逸提罪一样,在未决意等七种替代情形里,也是因为对已决意等想法的不同而有罪。其中,“没有舍弃却认为已经舍弃的人”,是指某物还没有送给别人、还没有放弃,他却想“我已经送出去了,已经放弃了”。“没有丢失却认为已经丢失的人”,是指自己的衣和众多他人的衣服放在同一个地方,如果有贼把那些衣服偷走,他对于自己的衣服其实并没有丢失,却生起已经丢失的想法,他就是有丢失想的人。这一规则也适用于未损坏等情形。然而,在这里,“未被抢夺”应当理解为:没有破开密室之后以强夺的方式拿走。巴利
Idāni ‘‘anadhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhitasaññino nissaggiya’’ntiādiāpattivāraṃ saṅgahetvā dassento ‘‘tathā’’tiādimāha. Tathāti yathā dasāhaṃ atikkante saññābhedena tikapācittiyaṃ, tathā anadhiṭṭhitādīsu sattasu vikappesu adhiṭṭhitādisaññābhedatoti attho. Tattha avissajjite vissajjitasaññinoti kassaci adinne apariccatte ‘‘dinnaṃ pariccattaṃ mayā’’ti evaṃ saññino. Anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññinoti attano cīvarena saddhiṃ bahūni aññesaṃ cīvarāni ekato ṭhapitāni, tāni ce corā haranti, tatresa attano cīvare anaṭṭhe naṭṭhasaññī hoti, tassa naṭṭhasaññino. Esa nayo avinaṭṭhādīsupi. Avilutteti ettha pana gabbhaṃ bhinditvā pasayhāvahāravasena avilutteti veditabbaṃ.
“已舍弃”是指已经给了别人。那么,怎样才算给了,怎样才算取了呢?如果说:“我把这个给你,我给,我要给,我赠予,我放舍,我舍弃,我舍离”,或者说:“我给某某……乃至……我舍离”,无论当面说还是背后说,都算已经给了。如果有人说“你拿去”,对方说“我拿了”,那就是给得妥当、取得妥当。如果说“你把它当成你自己的,它归你了,你要把它当成你自己的”,对方说“我把它当成我的,它归我了,我要把它当成我的”,那就是给得不妥当、取得不妥当。施者不知道自己在施,受者也不知道自己在取。不过,如果有人说“你把它当成你自己的”,对方说“好的,尊者,我拿了”而取走,那就是取得妥当。如果一个人说“拿去”,另一个人说“我不拿”,那人又说“我已经给你了,拿去吧”,另一个人还是说“我不需要这个”。此后,前者心想“我已经给了”而过了十天,后者心想“我已经拒绝了”,那谁有罪呢?谁都没有罪。不过,谁若想用这个东西,就应该先作决意再受用。如果对有没有作决意还有疑惑,那该怎么办呢?应该把疑惑说出来,说“如果还没有作决意,这样对我就算清净”,然后按照前面说的方式舍弃。因为这样说明之后再作律羯磨的人,不会犯妄语。巴利
Vissajjiteti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.469) aññassa dinne. Kathaṃ pana dinnaṃ hoti, kathaṃ gahitaṃ? ‘‘Imaṃ tuyhaṃ demi, dadāmi, dajjāmi, oṇojemi, pariccajāmi, vissajjāmi, nissajjāmī’’ti vā vadati, ‘‘itthannāmassa demi…pe… nissajjāmī’’ti vā vadati, sammukhāpi parammukhāpi dinnaṃyeva hoti. ‘‘Tuyhaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vutte ‘‘mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti vadati, sudinnaṃ, suggahitañca. ‘‘Tava santakaṃ karohi, tava santakaṃ hotu, tava santakaṃ karissasī’’ti vutte ‘‘mama santakaṃ karomi, mama santakaṃ hotu, mama santakaṃ karissāmī’’ti vadati, duddinnaṃ, duggahitañca. Neva dātā dātuṃ jānāti, na itaro gahetuṃ. Sace pana ‘‘tava santakaṃ karohī’’ti vutte ‘‘sādhu, bhante, mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti gaṇhāti, suggahitaṃ, sace pana eko ‘‘gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, itaro ‘‘na gaṇhāmī’’ti vadati, puna so ‘‘dinnaṃ mayā tuyhaṃ, gaṇhāhī’’ti vadati, itaropi ‘‘na mayhaṃ iminā attho’’ti vadati. Tato purimopi ‘‘mayā dinna’’nti dasāhaṃ atikkāmeti, pacchimopi ‘‘mayā paṭikkhitta’’nti, kassāpattīti? Na kassaci. Yassa pana ruccati, tena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Yo pana adhiṭṭhāne vematiko, tena kiṃ kātabbaṃ? Vematikabhāvaṃ ārocetvā ‘‘sace anadhiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati, evaṃ me kappiyaṃ hotī’’ti vatvā vuttanayeneva nissajjitabbaṃ. Na hi evaṃ jānāpetvā vinayakammaṃ karontassa musāvādo hoti.
就像这一条,后面的学处也是这样。意思是说:就像这条关于过量持有衣物的学处属于行为上的违犯,从这以后的其他学处也同样属于行为上的违犯。因此经文说“在两部分别解脱戒中”等等。不过,因为邪命的缘故,除了恶说之外,一共制定了六种犯聚——巴利
Yathāca idaṃ, evaṃ ito parānipīti yathā idaṃ atirekacīvaradhāraṇasikkhāpadaṃ ācāravipatti, evaṃ ito parānipi sikkhāpadāni ācāravipattiyevāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘ubhatopātimokkhesū’’tiādi. Ājīvavipattipaccayā pana ṭhapetvā dubbhāsitaṃ cha āpattikkhandhā paññattāti –
为了活命、为了生计,被恶欲控制、被贪欲驱使的人,明明没有证得超越常人的境界,却谎称自己证得了,这犯波罗夷罪。为了活命、为了生计,去做媒人撮合男女,这犯僧残罪。为了活命、为了生计,说“住在你精舍里的那位比丘是阿罗汉”,对方听懂意思时,这犯偷兰遮罪。为了活命、为了生计,比丘没有生病,却为了自己乞求精美食物来吃,这犯波逸提罪。为了活命、为了生计,比丘尼没有生病,却为了自己乞求精美食物来吃,这犯悔过罪。为了活命、为了生计,比丘没有生病,却为了自己乞求汤或饭来吃,这犯恶作罪。巴利
‘‘Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati, āpatti pārājikassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā sañcarittaṃ samāpajjati, āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā ‘yo te vihāre vasati, so bhikkhu arahā’ti bhaṇati, paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā bhikkhu paṇītabhojanāni agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pācittiyassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā bhikkhunī paṇītabhojanāni agilānā attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti pāṭidesanīyassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā bhikkhu sūpaṃ vā odanaṃ vā agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (pari. 287) –
像这样,先按波罗夷等来区分,除了恶说之外,以邪命违犯为条件,制定了六种犯聚。以见违犯为条件,按波逸提和恶作,制定了两种犯聚。也就是说,对劝人舍弃恶见却不肯舍弃的人,在提案时犯恶作,在羯磨词结束时犯波逸提。像这样,以见违犯为条件,按波逸提和恶作,制定了两种犯聚。这里说的“于此”,是指在诸违犯论的讨论中。巴利
Evaṃ pārājikādivasena ṭhapetvā dubbhāsitaṃ ājīvavipattipaccayā cha āpattikkhandhā paññattā. Diṭṭhivipattipaccayā pācittiyadukkaṭavasena dve āpattikkhandhā paññattāti samanubhāsanāya pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissajjane ñattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, kammavācāpariyosāne pācittiyanti evaṃ diṭṭhivipattipaccayā pācittiyadukkaṭavasena dve āpattikkhandhā paññattā. Etthāti vipattikathāsu.
所谓“入于计算”,是指进入按日计算的状态。别人即使已经把衣交到他人手里,说“我们把这件衣给某某”,但按照《皮革犍度》中所说“那衣还不算入于计算,直到它到手为止”,所以在还没拿来交付,或者派人传话“尊者,您的衣已出现”但还没通知到本人之前,都还不算进入按日计算,尚未决意也是可以的。可是,一旦拿来交付了,或者听到了“衣已出现”,从那时起就算入于计算,应当在十天之内作决定。以咖提那为生起,就是说咖提那为它的生起;意思是有第三种和第六种两种生起方式。由于没有以身、语作确定和分别,所以从身、语生起;但如果心里有思,就说从身、语、心生起。因为不作确定、不作分别而犯,所以是非作。即使不知道也会犯,所以不是想解脱。因为没有办成应当由身门、语门所做的事,所以是身业、语业。巴利
Gaṇanupagatāti divasagaṇanaṃ upagatabhāvo. Aññehi ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa demā’’ti parahatthe dinnampi ‘‘na tāva taṃ gaṇanupagaṃ, yāva na hatthaṃ gacchatī’’ti (mahāva. 259) cammakkhandhake vuttattā yāva āharitvā vā na dinnaṃ, ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, cīvaraṃ uppanna’’nti pahiṇitvā vā anārocitaṃ, tāva divasagaṇanaṃ na upeti, anadhiṭṭhitaṃ vaṭṭati. Yadā pana ānetvā dinnaṃ hoti, ‘‘uppanna’’nti vā sutaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya gaṇanupagaṃ hoti, antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Kathinasaññitaṃ samuṭṭhānamassāti kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, tatiyachaṭṭhasamuṭṭhānavasena dvisamuṭṭhānanti attho. Kāyavācāhi kattabbaadhiṭṭhānavikappanānaṃ akaraṇena kāyavācato, citte pana sati kāyavācācittato ca samuṭṭhātīti vuttaṃ hoti. Anadhiṭṭhānāvikappanavasena āpajjanato akiriyaṃ. Ajānantopi āpajjatīti nosaññāvimokkhaṃ. Kāyadvāre ca vacīdvāre ca kattabbākaraṇato kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ.
2. 关于杂处屋(寄宿处)的学处注释巴利
2. Udositasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
比丘尼是指比丘的,这里是用具格来表达属格的意思。所以论中说“像前面的学处那样”等等。那么,为什么不按具格本身来理解,而要按属格来理解它的含义呢?论中说“因为按具格来说”等等。“因为”是表示原因的语气词。“已断障碍”是指已断除衣服和住所方面的障碍。“一夜”就是一夜,这是复合词内部所含的意思。“三衣的集合”就是三衣。用那三衣,意思是用三件衣。即使只与其中一件分离,也叫做与三衣分离,因为与所禁止范围内的衣分离了,或者按照部分也可以称呼整体的惯例。所以说“以三衣确定的方式”等等。巴利
Bhikkhunāti bhikkhussāti attho, sāmiatthe cetaṃ karaṇavacanaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘purimasikkhāpade viyā’’tiādi. Atha kasmā karaṇavaseneva karaṇavacanassa atthaṃ aggahetvā sāmivasena attho veditabboti āha ‘‘karaṇavasena hī’’tiādi. Hīti kāraṇatthe nipāto. Chinnapalibodhoti chinnacīvarāvāsapalibodho. Ekāva ratti ekarattaṃ, samāsantagatassa atthaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ samāhāroti ticīvaraṃ. Tena ticīvarena, tīhi cīvarehīti attho. Ekena vippavutthopi (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.475-476) hi ticīvarena vippavuttho nāma hoti paṭisiddhapariyāpannena vippavutthattā, avayavepi vā samudāyavohārato. Tenāha ‘‘ticīvarādhiṭṭhānanayenā’’tiādi.
现在,为了说明和确定“分离”的特征,接着说了“村落是一个界域”等话。其中,“住处”是指没有按照杂处等方式建造的庇护所类型。所谓“杂处”,就是停放车辆等物品的棚屋,也叫“udavasita”。“堡”是为了抵御敌寇等而用砖块建造的厚墙、四五层高的特殊庇护所。另一些人说:“堡就是厚墙房屋,不架椽子,直接用砖块盖顶。”也有人说:“是以堡的形式建造的。”“殿”是包含一个尖顶的方形楼阁,或者包含一个尖顶的多角形特殊庇护所。另一些人说:“殿是以圆形建造的住所。”“楼”是长形楼阁,或者是除了半轭类等以及堡、殿、平台屋之外的所有楼阁。“平台屋”是平顶楼阁。另一些人说:“是带有月亮庭院的。”“船”按陆地停靠和水上航行分为两种。“商队”是步行商队或车辆商队。“谷场”就是打谷场。“园”是花园或果园。“寺院”是有围墙或无围墙的整个住所。有些人说:“也包括房屋。”这里,住处等是指设在村落之外的。至于设在村内的,因为已经被村落所涵盖,所以就只是村落的界限。另一些人说:“住处等一直到平台屋为止,都是设在村落围墙之外的。”“超越一手投”中,所谓一手投,是指二又半肘尺的距离,超过这个距离就是超越一手投,即在超越一手投的时候。不过,在一手投的范围之内是可以的。即使有神通的比丘超过那个距离,在空中让黎明升起,也仍然犯舍堕。巴利
Idāni vippavāsalakkhaṇavavatthāpanatthaṃ ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro’’tiādimāha. Tattha nivesananti udositādīnaṃ vasena akatāya patissayavikatiyā adhivacanaṃ. Udositoti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.482-487) yānādīnaṃ bhaṇḍānaṃ sālā. Yo ‘‘udavasito’’tipi vuccati. Aṭṭoti paṭirājādipaṭibāhanatthaṃ iṭṭhakāhi kato bahalabhittiko catupañcabhūmiko patissayaviseso. ‘‘Aṭṭoti bahalabhittikagehaṃ, yassa gopānasiyo aggahetvā iṭṭhakāhi eva chadanaṃ hotī’’ti apare. ‘‘Aṭṭākārena karīyatī’’tipi vadanti. Māḷoti ekakūṭasaṅgahito caturassapāsādo, ekakūṭasaṅgahito vā anekakoṇavanto patissayaviseso. ‘‘Māḷoti vaṭṭākārena katasenāsana’’nti apare. Pāsādoti dīghapāsādo, aḍḍhayogādibhedo aṭṭamāḷahammiyavajjito sabbo vā pāsādo. Hammiyanti muṇḍacchadanapāsādo. ‘‘Candiyaṅgaṇayutta’’nti apare. Nāvāti thalaṭṭhaudakaṭṭhavasena dvidhā nāvā. Satthoti jaṅghasattho, sakaṭasattho vā. Dhaññakaraṇanti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.491-494) khalaṃ vuccati. Ārāmoti pupphārāmo, phalārāmo vā. Vihāroti saparikkhitto vā aparikkhitto vā sakalo āvāso. ‘‘Gehampī’’ti keci. Nivesanādīni cettha gāmato bahi niviṭṭhāni gahitāni. Antogāme ṭhitānaṃ pana gāmaggahaṇeneva gahitattā gāmaparihāroyevāti. ‘‘Nivesanādayo hammiyapariyosānā gāmaparikkhepato bahi niviṭṭhā’’ti apare. Hatthapāsātikkameti ettha hatthapāso nāma aḍḍhateyyaratanappamāṇo padeso, tassa atikkamo hatthapāsātikkamo, tasmiṃ hatthapāsātikkame. Hatthapāsabbhantare pana vatthuṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvā sacepi iddhimā bhikkhu ākāse aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpeti, nissaggiyameva hoti.
这里的判定是这样的:如果村子属于同一个人——比如归一位国王或一位领主所有,也就是属于同一个家族,而且有围墙等围起来,属于同一个界域,那么在这样的村子里,可以把衣放在村里,然后随自己的意愿住在村内任何地方。如果没有围墙围起来,那就应当住在放衣的那间屋子里,不能离开那间屋子伸手所及的范围。巴利
Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – sace (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.477-478) gāmo ekassa rañño vā bhojakassa vā vasena ekakulassa hoti, pākārādinā parikkhittattā ekūpacāro ca, evarūpe gāme cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā tasmiṃ gāmabbhantare yathārucitaṭṭhāne vasitabbaṃ, sace aparikkhitto, yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ ghare vasitabbaṃ, tassa gharassa samantato hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
如果这个村落像毗舍离、拘尸那罗那样,属于多位国王或多位领主,并且有前面所说的那种围护,那么在这样的村落里,衣服放在哪间屋子里,就该住在哪间屋子里,或者不能离开那间屋子伸手所及的范围。如果那间屋子在街道上,就该住在那间屋子正对面的集会所或屋门口,或者不能离开那些集会所门口或屋门口伸手所及的范围。巴利
Sace gāmo vesālikusinārādayo viya nānārājūnaṃ vā bhojakānaṃ vā hoti, vuttappakārena parikkhitto ca, evarūpe gāme yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ ghare vā vatthabbaṃ, tassa gharassa hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. Yassā vīthiyā gharaṃ hoti, tassā vīthiyā tassa gharassa sammukhāṭṭhāne sabhāyaṃ vā gharadvāre vā vatthabbaṃ, tesaṃ sabhādvārānaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
如果那个村落没有围护,就应该住在放置僧衣的那户人家里,或者不离开那户人家伸手所及的范围。至于住宅,如果住宅是同一家族的,而且有围护,就可以把僧衣放在内宅,然后住在内宅。如果没有围护,就应该住在放置僧衣的那个房间里,或者不离开那个房间伸手所及的范围。巴利
Sace so gāmo aparikkhitto, yasmiṃ ghare cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vā tassa hatthapāse vā vatthabbaṃ. Nivesane pana sace ekakulassa nivesanaṃ hoti, parikkhittañca, antonivesane cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā antonivesane vatthabbaṃ. Aparikkhittaṃ ce hoti, yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tasmiṃ vatthabbaṃ, tassa gabbhassa hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ.
如果住处是多个家族共有的,而且有围栏,那么应该住在放衣的那间房里,或者待在一切共用门基处,或者不离开那些房门基伸手可及的范围。如果没有围栏,就应该住在放衣的那间房里,或者不离开那间房伸手可及的范围。露台等处的规则也是这样。巴利
Sace nānākulassa nivesanaṃ hoti, parikkhittañca, yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ, sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇadvāramūle vā tesaṃ gabbhadvāramūlānaṃ hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. Aparikkhittaṃ ce, yasmiṃ gabbhe cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tasmiṃ gabbhe vatthabbaṃ, tassa gabbhassa hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. Esa nayo udositādīsupi.
商队呢,不管是步行商队还是车队。如果一个商队属于一个家族,把衣放在商队里之后,不应离开商队前面或后面七寻的范围,不应离开两侧一寻的范围。如果商队行进时,围住村落或河流停下来,和进入里面的人连成一片,遍及此岸和彼岸而停留,那就仅得到商队护持。如果被村落或河流围住,人已进入里面,那就得到村落护持和河流护持。如果越过寺院界而停留,衣在界内,就应去寺院住。如果衣在界外,就应住在商队附近。如果行进时车辆坏了,或者牛丢了,中途分离,那就应住在放衣的那一部分。巴利
Sattho pana jaṅghasattho vā hotu, sakaṭasattho vā. Sace ekakulassa sattho hoti, satthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā purato vā pacchato vā sattabbhantarā na vijahitabbā, passato abbhantaraṃ na vijahitabbaṃ. Sace (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.489) sattho gacchanto gāmaṃ vā nadiṃ vā pariyādiyitvā tiṭṭhati, antopaviṭṭhena saddhiṃ ekābaddho hutvā orañca pārañca pharitvā ṭhito hoti, satthaparihārova labbhati. Atha gāme vā nadiyā vā pariyāpanno hoti antopaviṭṭho, gāmaparihāro ceva nadiparihāro ca labbhati. Sace vihārasīmaṃ atikkamitvā tiṭṭhati, antosīmāya ca cīvaraṃ hoti, vihāraṃ gantvā vasitabbaṃ. Sace bahisīmāya cīvaraṃ hoti, satthasamīpeyeva vasitabbaṃ. Sace gacchanto sakaṭe vā bhagge, goṇe vā naṭṭhe antarā chijjati, yasmiṃ koṭṭhāse cīvaraṃ nikkhittaṃ, tattha vasitabbaṃ.
关于田地:如果田地属于一个家族所有,而且有围栏,那么把衣放在田地里面之后,就可以住在田地里面。如果没有围栏,就不能离开衣超过伸手所及的距离。如果田地属于多个家族共有,而且有围栏,那么把衣放在田地里面之后,应当住在田地门口,或者不能离开那里超过伸手所及的距离。如果没有围栏,就不能离开衣超过伸手所及的距离。这个规则在谷仓和园林两处也一样。至于精舍,判定方式和住宅一样。巴利
Khettepi (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.490) sace ekakulassa khettaṃ hoti, parikkhittañca, antokhette cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā antokhette vatthabbaṃ. Sace aparikkhittaṃ, hatthapāsā cīvaraṃ na vijahitabbaṃ. Sace nānākulassa khettaṃ hoti, parikkhittañca, antokhette cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā khettadvāramūle vā vatthabbaṃ, tassa hatthapāsā vā na vijahitabbaṃ. Sace aparikkhittaṃ, cīvaraṃ hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ. Esa nayo dhaññakaraṇārāmesu dvīsupi. Vihāre pana nivesane vuttasadisova vinicchayo.
在树根旁,如果正午时分树荫向四周铺开,那就应该把衣放在那片树荫覆盖到、没有空隙的地方。如果放在枝叶稀疏的树下、被阳光和树荫交错触及的地方,而到了天亮时那位比丘不在伸手能碰到衣的范围内,哪怕别处还有那片树荫,也犯舍堕罪。如果这棵树是几家人共有的,就不应该离开衣伸手所及的范围。巴利
Rukkhamūle pana yaṃ majjhanhike kāle samantā chāyā pharati, tasmiṃ ṭhāne aviraḷe padese tassa chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsassa antoyeva nikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace viraḷasākhassa rukkhassa ātapena phuṭṭhokāse ṭhapeti, aruṇuggamane ca so bhikkhu tassa hatthapāse na hoti, aññasmiṃ ṭhāne tassa chāyāyapi hoti, nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Sace nānākulassa rukkho hoti, cīvarassa hatthapāsā na vijahitabbaṃ.
不过在露地,以及像毗阇林那样的荒野、森林等处,还有大海中央渔人无法到达的小岛等处,把衣放好之后,可以在它周围七个阿邦塔拉范围内的任何地方住;如果住在这范围以外,就叫做离衣宿,应当这样理解。巴利
Ajjhokāse pana viñjhāṭaviādīsu araññesupi samuddamajjhe macchabandhānaṃ agamanapathadīpakesupi cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā tato samantā sattabbhantare padese yattha katthaci vasitabbaṃ, ito aññattha vasanto vippavuttho nāma hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
这段详细解释在这里没有说,但在《善见律毗婆沙》里已经说过,所以说“这里只是简略说明”等等。“这里”指的是“以三衣离开”这一句。所谓“简略说明”,就是简要的解释。不过在律文里,先以“村落一近行、异近行”等不加区分地列出论母,然后对村落、住处、露台、田地、打谷场、园林、精舍的一近行和异近行,用“名叫一近行的村落,就是属于一个家族的村落,有围篱或没有围篱”等说法,按有围篱和没有围篱来分别说明。但对于楼阁、宫殿、住宅、车辆、船舶、帐篷、树根、露地,没有那样说,而是用“楼阁属于一个家族,楼阁属于多个家族”等方式,按一个家族和多个家族来分别说明,最后又说“名叫一近行的露地,就是在没有村落的阿兰若中,周围七阿邦塔拉范围内是一近行,超过这个范围就是异近行”,这样来分别一近行和异近行。因此,在村落等处,有围篱的是一近行,没有围篱的是异近行;在楼阁等处,属于一个家族的是一近行,属于多个家族的是异近行,应当这样理解。在露地则应按上面所说的方式理解。另有一些人说,所谓“近行”,在“村落一近行、异近行”等当中指的是门,而在“露地一近行”这里,指的是周围七阿邦塔拉这个范围。巴利
Imassa pana vitthārassa idha avuttattā, samantapāsādikāyañca vuttattā ‘‘ayamettha saṅkhepo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Etthāti ‘‘ticīvarena vippavaseyyā’’ti etasmiṃ pade. Saṅkhepoti saṅkhepavaṇṇanā. Ettha pana pāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 477) ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro nānūpacāro’’tiādinā avisesena mātikaṃ nikkhipitvāpi gāmanivesanaudositakhettadhaññakaraṇaārāmavihārānaṃ ekūpacāranānūpacāratā ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro nāma ekakulassa gāmo hoti parikkhitto ca aparikkhitto cā’’tiādinā (pārā. 478) parikkhittāparikkhittavasena vibhattā. Aṭṭamāḷapāsādahammiyanāvāsattharukkhamūlaajjhokāsānaṃ pana evaṃ avatvā ‘‘ekakulassa aṭṭo hoti, nānākulassa aṭṭo hotī’’tiādinā (pārā. 484) nayena ekakulanānākulavasena ca ante ‘‘ajjhokāso ekūpacāro nāma agāmake araññe samantā sattabbhantarā ekūpacāro, tato paraṃ nānūpacāroti (pārā. 494) ca evaṃ ekūpacāranānūpacāratā vibhattā. Tasmā gāmādīsu parikkhittaṃ ekūpacāraṃ, aparikkhittaṃ nānūpacāranti ca, aṭṭādisu yaṃ ekakulassa, taṃ ekūpacāraṃ, yaṃ nānākulassa, taṃ nānūpacāranti ca gahetabbaṃ. Ajjhokāse vuttanayena gahetabbaṃ. Upacāroti hi ‘‘gāmo ekūpacāro nānūpacāro’’tiādīsu dvāraṃ, ‘‘ajjhokāso ekūpacāro’’ti ettha samantā sattabbhantarasaṅkhātaṃ pamāṇanti apare.
“除了比丘的许可”这句话的意思是:僧团给予比丘的许可,就叫比丘许可;这里说的是离开那个许可。所以接着说了“僧团所……”等等。“给予不别离许可”是说:不别离的许可,或者为了不别离而给的许可,就是不别离许可;意思是用白二羯磨来给予它。巴利
Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti bhikkhuno saṅghena dinnā sammuti bhikkhusammuti, taṃ vināti attho. Tenāha ‘‘yaṃ saṅgho’’tiādi. Avippavāsasammutiṃ detīti avippavāsā sammuti, avippavāsāya vā sammuti avippavāsasammuti, taṃ ñattidutiyena kammena detīti attho.
连同内衣和上衣:所谓“内衣”,指的是下裙;所谓“上衣”,指的是上衣。下裙和上衣合在一起,就叫“连同内衣和上衣”。意思是说,穿着下裙和上衣。“在黎明前取回”:意思是没办法返回赶到,就留在那里,在黎明前把衣取回。“应当返回”:意思是应当回到放衣的地方,让病不发作。因为从去乞食,或者生起“我要去”的念头那时起,就已经可以了。但如果放弃责任,心想“我现在不去了”,那就应当取回,心想“它会留在多余衣的地方”。因此说“或者就站在那里取回”。“彼”,指的是被给予许可的那种病。已经得到如法许可的,就不需要再给一次许可,这是这里的意趣。巴利
Santaruttarenāti ‘‘antara’’nti antaravāsako vuccati, ‘‘uttara’’nti uttarāsaṅgo, saha antarena uttaraṃ santaruttaraṃ, tena santaruttarena, saha antaravāsakena uttarāsaṅgenāti attho. Antoaruṇe paccuddhaṭeti nivattitvā sampāpuṇitumasakkontena tattheva ṭhatvā anto aruṇe paccuddhaṭe. Paccāgantabbanti yathā rogo na kuppati, tathā puna cīvarassa ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ āgantabbaṃ. Yato paṭṭhāya hi satthaṃ vā pariyesati, ‘‘gacchāmī’’ti ābhogaṃ vā karoti, tato paṭṭhāya vaṭṭati. ‘‘Na dāni gamissāmī’’ti evaṃ pana dhuranikkhepaṃ karontena paccuddharitabbaṃ ‘‘atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatī’’ti. Tenāha ‘‘tattheva vā ṭhitena paccuddharitabba’’nti. Soti yassa sammuti dinnā, so rogo. Laddhakappiyameva puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthīti adhippāyo.
已经决意衣的状态,是指按照三衣决意的方式,衣已经完成决意。所谓别离,是指如果衣在有结界的范围内,那么就在那范围之外让明相升起;如果是在没有结界的范围内,那么就像前面说的,在村落等之外,超过伸手可及的地方让明相升起。但在有结界的范围内,把衣放在界内任何地方,自己也在界内任何地方住,都是可以的。这里的不取回就是不做取回的动作,应当这样理解前后关系。巴利
Adhiṭṭhitacīvaratāti ticīvarādhiṭṭhānanayena adhiṭṭhitacīvaratā. Vippavāso nāma yadi baddhasīmāyaṃ cīvaraṃ hoti, tato bahi aruṇuṭṭhāpanaṃ. Atha abaddhasīmāyaṃ, yathāvuttagāmādīnaṃ bahi hatthapāsātikkame aruṇuṭṭhāpanaṃ. Baddhasīmāyaṃ pana yattha katthaci cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā antosīmāyameva yattha katthaci vasituṃ vaṭṭati. Idha apaccuddharaṇaṃ akiriyāti sambandho.
3. 非时衣学处的解释巴利
3. Akālacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
就像前面的学处一样,这里“比丘”一词也是用表示所有者意义的具格,所以说“衣已完成之比丘”等等。因为在《分别》中说:“所谓非时衣,是指在未敷展咖提那时于十一个月中生起的衣,在已敷展咖提那时于七个月中生起的衣,乃至在如法衣时中指定布施的,这都叫非时衣。”所以说了“那在未敷展咖提那时”等等。应当这样连接:那所说的衣时。雨安居,是指称为雨安居的季节。最后一个月,就是衣月。因为在这个月里,即使咖提那未敷展时生起的衣,未作决意、未行净施,也允许存放。五个月,是指最后的迦提月,加上冬季四个月,共五个月。其他时候,是指在未敷展咖提那时的十一个月中,以及在已敷展咖提那时的七个月中。即使在时中,是指所说的衣时——未敷展咖提那的衣月,或已敷展咖提那的五个月。以等的方式,则包含了“我施、我将施”等语。虽然这一切都可称为非时衣,但这里所指的非时衣,唯独是后时生起的。巴利
Purimasikkhāpade viya etthāpi bhikkhunāti sāmiatthe karaṇavacananti āha ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunā’’tiādi. ‘‘Akālacīvaraṃ nāma anatthate kathine ekādasamāse uppannaṃ, atthate kathine sattamāse uppannaṃ, kālepi ādissa dinnaṃ, etaṃ akālacīvaraṃ nāmā’’ti (pārā. 500) padabhājaniyaṃ vuttattā ‘‘yvāyaṃ anatthate kathine’’tiādimāha. Yvāyaṃ cīvarakālo vuttoti sambandho. Vassānassāti vassānasaṅkhātassa utuno. Pacchimo māso nāma cīvaramāso. Tasmiñhi anatthatepi kathine uppannaṃ cīvaraṃ anadhiṭṭhitaṃ, avikappitaṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Pañca māsāti pacchimakattikamāso, hemantikā cattāro cāti pañca māsā. Aññadāti anatthate kathine ekādasamāse, atthate kathine sattamāse. Kālepīti ‘‘anatthate kathine cīvaramāso, atthate kathine pañca māsā’’ti yathāvuttacīvarakālepi. ‘‘Ādinā nayenā’’ti iminā ‘‘dadāmi dajjāmī’’tiādīnaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.469) saṅgaho. Kiñcāpi cetāni sabbāni ‘‘akālacīvara’’nti vuttāni, tathāpi piṭṭhisamayeyeva uppannāni ‘‘akālacīvara’’nti idhādhippetāni.
“在适当的时候,这是属于僧团的非时衣”——这样布施,是依照非时衣的共同特征,从义理归纳的角度来说的。就像在后时生起的衣,已出雨安居的人以及其他在场的人可以共同分配,因此就成为非时衣;这里也是一样,这就是非时衣的共同特征。如果是这样,那为什么又说“或个别施与:‘这是给你的’”等等方式布施呢?因为指定施给个人的衣确实不能被任何人分配。这并不矛盾,是为了说明通过个别布施的共同特征所能得到的义理,才那样说的。“或以自己的财物”,是指用自己的棉线等财物。应当知道这句话和“若生起”相连。“施与界”等说法,是依照个人决意的方式来讲的。在这里,施与界是第一纲目,施与约定是第二纲目……中间省略……施与个人是第八纲目。巴利
‘‘Kāle saṅghassa idaṃ akālacīvara’’nti dinnaṃ pana akālacīvarasāmaññato atthuddhāravasena vuttaṃ. Yathā piṭṭhisamaye uppannaṃ cīvaraṃ vuṭṭhavassehi, sesehi ca sammukhībhūtehi bhājetuṃ labbhatīti akālacīvaraṃ nāma jātaṃ, tathevidampīti tadidaṃ akālacīvarasāmaññaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘puggalassa vā idaṃ tuyhaṃ ‘dammī’tiādinā nayena dinna’’nti kasmā vuttaṃ, na hi puggalassa ādissa dinnaṃ kenaci bhājanīyaṃ hotīti? Nāyaṃ virodho, ādissa dānasāmaññato labbhamānamatthaṃ dassetuṃ tathā vuttanti. Attano vā dhanenāti attano kappāsasuttādinā dhanena. Imassa ‘‘uppajjeyyā’’ti iminā sambandho veditabbo. ‘‘Sīmāya detī’’tiādi puggalādhiṭṭhānanayena vuttaṃ. Ettha pana sīmāya dānaṃ ekā mātikā, katikāya dānaṃ dutiyā…pe… puggalassa dānaṃ aṭṭhamā.
“以应围绕之处”这句话,是用来说明:对于没有围墙的精舍,从常集会处等地方开始,第一块石头投落之内就是近行界。现在为了说明第二块石头投落之内也同样是近行界,所以接着说了“或者”等话。常集会处也应该知道是在界边范围之内。“住处增长时增长”,意思是说,如果住处还没有超出近行界而扩展。不过《大筏疏》中说:“比丘们增长时也增长。”《一切欢喜》中说:“如果在精舍中集会的比丘们相互紧挨着坐满一百由旬,这一百由旬就是近行界,所有人都能得到利养。”“比丘尼的入园问讯和卧坐具问讯”,是指新来的和要离开的比丘尼的入园问讯和卧坐具问讯。也就是说,新来的比丘尼应当请求入园,要离开的比丘尼应当就僧团的十种卧坐具作问讯。这里虽然说的是“比丘尼的”,但要离开的比丘也应当知道,依同一个界来就卧坐具作问讯。巴利
‘‘Parikkhepārahaṭṭhānenā’’ti iminā aparikkhittassa vihārassa dhuvasannipātaṭṭhānādito paṭhamaleḍḍupātassa anto upacārasīmāti dasseti. Idāni dutiyaleḍḍupātassapi anto upacārasīmāyevāti dassetuṃ ‘‘apicā’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Dhuvasannipātaṭṭhānampi sīmāpariyantagatameva veditabbaṃ. Āvāse vaḍḍhante vaḍḍhatīti sace upacārato abahibhūto hutvā āvāso vaḍḍhatīti adhippāyo. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘bhikkhūsupi vaḍḍhantesu vaḍḍhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sace vihāre sannipatitabhikkhūhi saddhiṃ ekābaddhā hutvā yojanasatampi pūretvā nisīdanti, yojanasatampi upacārasīmāva hoti, sabbesaṃ lābho pāpuṇātī’’ti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) samantapāsādikāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhikkhunīnaṃ ārāmapavesanasenāsanāpucchanānīti āgantukagamikānaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ ārāmapavesanāpucchanaṃ, senāsanāpucchanañcāti attho. Tathā hi āgantukāya bhikkhuniyā ārāmapavesanaṃ āpucchitabbaṃ, gamikāya saṅghikaṃ dasavidhaṃ senāsanaṃ. Ettha ca kiñcāpi ‘‘bhikkhunīna’’nti vuttaṃ, gamikassa pana bhikkhussāpi imissāyeva sīmāya vasena senāsanāpucchanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
别住与敬悦的告白,是指行别住者和行敬悦者的别住告白与敬悦告白。雨安居中断、依止、卧坐具的取用等规定,是指雨安居中断的规定、取依止的规定、取卧坐具的规定,这就是它的意思。用“等”这个字,还包含了舍去依止、取用利养、履行客比丘义务后进入寺院等等这一类事情。此界,是指近行界,因为这一切随其所应,都能在近行界内或近行界外获得,所以这样说。巴利
Parivāsamānattārocananti pārivāsikamānattacārīnaṃ parivāsārocanaṃ, mānattārocanañca. Vassacchedanissayasenāsanaggāhādividhānanti vassacchedavidhānaṃ, nissayaggāhavidhānaṃ, senāsanaggāhavidhānanti attho. Ādisaddena nissayapaṭippassaddhi, lābhaggāho āgantukavattaṃ pūretvā ārāmapavesananti evamādikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Imissāva sīmāya vasenāti upacārasīmāyevāti yathāsambhavaṃ anto, bahi ca imassa sabbassa labbhanato vuttaṃ.
为了利养而设立的界,就是利养界(《大品》379)。但这个界既不是正自觉者所允许的,也不是结集法的长老们设立的,而是由施与利养的人设立的。所以说“诸王、大王臣等”等等。“周围”是指寺院的周围。“凡”是指税赋、谷物等。“设立界”是补足文句。“一个国王的命令所行之处”,就是像朱罗领地、喀拉拉领地这样,各个国王的命令所行之处。“水在这里分成两股”所以叫岛,就是没有被洪流淹没的陆地部分,那本身就是界,叫岛界。因此说“以海为边”等等。轮围界是由轮围山本身限定的,所以说“一个轮围山围绕之内是轮围界”。巴利
Lābhatthāya ṭhapitā sīmā lābhasīmā (mahāva. 379), sā ca kho neva sammāsambuddhena anuññātā, na dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi ṭhapitā, apica kho lābhadāyakehi. Tenāha ‘‘yaṃ rājarājamahāmattādayo’’tiādi. Samantāti vihārassa samantā. Yanti suṅkasassādi. ‘‘Sīmaṃ ṭhapentī’’ti pāṭhaseso. Ekassa rañño āṇāpavattiṭṭhānanti coḷabhogo keraḷabhogoti evaṃ ekekassa rañño āṇāpavattiṭṭhānaṃ. Dvidhā āpo gato etthāti dīpo, oghena anajjhotthato bhūmibhāgo, sova sīmā dīpasīmā. Tenāha samuddantenā’’tiādi. Cakkavāḷasīmā cakkavāḷapabbateneva paricchinnāti āha ‘‘ekacakkavāḷapabbataparikkhepabbhantaraṃ cakkavāḷasīmā’’ti.
“其余”是指小界等类。所谓“在小界布施”,就是看到僧团因为某种羯磨而聚集起来,便说“我们在小界布施给僧团”而布施出去。应当知道,站在小界里的树上或山上,或者站在下方、位于地面中间的,也算站在小界里。所谓“布施给共住界”,就是说“我布施给共住界”而布施出去。其余各种界也照这个方式理解。小界达不到界与界之间的地带,因为那里没有共住界,这是它的意思。布施给共住界和不别住界时,有这样的差别:如果说“我布施给不别住界”而布施,就达不到村子的范围。为什么?因为经文说“除了村和村近行处”。但如果说“我布施给共住界”而布施,就连站在村里的人也能得到。所谓“布施给内界、水掷界”,就是看到为了布萨等目的聚集在那里的人,便说“我们布施给这个内界”等等而布施出去。在地方界、王国界、岛界、轮围界中,判定方法和村界等中所说的完全一样,所以说“在地方界等中”等等。所谓“一个人去也能摄取一切”,意思是:一个人前去,在这里按雨安居的份数分配、领取之后,还能回来。“一”是指同一同分的比丘,这个比丘也只能领取一份。因此说“领取同分者的份”。巴利
Sesāti khaṇḍasīmādayo. Khaṇḍasīmāya demāti dinnanti khaṇḍasīmāya kenaci kammena sannipatitaṃ saṅghaṃ disvā ‘‘khaṇḍasīmāyaṃ saṅghassa demā’’ti dinnaṃ. Khaṇḍasīmāya ṭhite rukkhe vā pabbate vā ṭhitopi heṭṭhā vā pathavivemajjhagatopi khaṇḍasīmāyeva ṭhitoti veditabbo. Samānasaṃvāsasīmāya dinnanti ‘‘samānasaṃvāsasīmāya dammī’’ti dinnaṃ. Esa nayo sesesupi. Khaṇḍasīmā sīmantarikaṭṭhānaṃ na pāpuṇāti tattha samānasaṃvāsasīmāya abhāvatoti adhippāyo. Samānasaṃvāsaavippavāsasīmāsu dinnassa idaṃ nānāttaṃ – ‘‘avippavāsasīmāya dammī’’ti dinnaṃ gāmaṭṭhānaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Kasmā? ‘‘Ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañcā’’ti (mahāva. 144) vuttattā . ‘‘Samānasaṃvāsasīmāya dammī’’ti dinnaṃ pana gāme ṭhitānampi pāpuṇātīti. Abbhantarasīmāudakukkhepasīmāsu dinnanti tattha uposathādiatthāya sannipatite disvā ‘‘imissā abbhantarasīmāya demā’’tiādinā dinnaṃ. Janapadaraṭṭharajjadīpacakkavāḷasīmāsupi gāmasīmādīsu vuttasadisova vinicchayoti āha ‘‘janapadasīmādīsū’’tiādi. Ekopi gantvā sabbesaṃ saṅgaṇhituṃ labhatīti ekopi gantvā idha vassaggena bhājetvā gahetvā āgantuṃ labhatīti attho. Ekoti sabhāgo eko bhikkhu, ayampi bhāgameva gahetuṃ labhati. Tenāha ‘‘sabhāgānaṃ bhāgaṃ gaṇhātī’’ti.
像这样,先说了对指定结界而布施的人的判定之后,现在要说明另一种人的判定:他不知道该说“某某结界”,只知道“结界”这个词,来到精舍后说“我布施给结界”或“我布施给住在结界中的僧团”。为了说明这种情况下的判定,所以说了“如果有人进入精舍后”等话。“哪一种”是指哪一种结界。“我不知道这个区别”是指我不知道“某某结界”这种区分。意思是:应当由近行结界内的僧众来分配,因为利养是被近行结界所限定的。“彼”是指同一利养的约定。巴利
Evaṃ tāva yo sīmaṃ parāmasitvā deti, tassa dāne vinicchayaṃ vatvā idāni yo ‘‘asukasīmāyā’’ti vattuṃ na jānāti, kevalaṃ ‘‘sīmā’’ti vacanamattameva jānanto vihāraṃ āgantvā ‘‘sīmāya dammī’’ti vā ‘‘sīmaṭṭhakasaṅghassa dammī’’ti vā bhaṇati, tattha vinicchayaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yo pana vihāraṃ pavisitvā’’tiādimāha. Kataranti katarasīmaṃ. Ahametaṃ bhedaṃ na jānāmīti ahaṃ ‘‘asukā sīmā’’ti etaṃ vibhāgaṃ na jānāmi. Upacārasīmaṭṭhehi bhājetabbaṃ lābhassa upacārasīmāya paricchinnattāti adhippāyo. Sāti samānalābhakatikā.
我的常设供养在何处被作——《大品注》379:这里,在哪个精舍里,那位施衣者所供的僧团常设供养正在运作;在哪个精舍里,比丘们把他当作自己的负担,他经常到他们家里供养;或者他在哪里建了住所,或者设立了筹食等常设供养,这些就叫作常设供养。但如果整个精舍都是他建的,那就根本不必说了。因此说“在那里,他的常设供养正在运作”等等。其中,“常设供养”指布施的惯例。“正在运作”指正在运转。“从何处”指从哪个精舍;“在何处”指在哪个寺院;“在一切处”指在所有寺院;“列出目录之后”指一个寺院中比丘较多,另一个寺院中较少,而衣物只有一件,常设供养处却很多,问“应施与何处”之后。但如果床或椅只有一件,问过之后,或者属于哪个精舍,或者即使在同一精舍中,他考虑的是哪个坐卧处,就应施与那里。即使说“让某比丘拿去吧”,也可以。如果他说“在我的常设供养处给予”,未加考虑就离去,僧团也可以考虑。然而应这样考虑——应说“施与长老比丘的住处”。如果那里的坐卧处已满,哪里不够,就应施与那里。如果一位比丘说“我的住处没有坐卧受用物”,就应施与那里。巴利
Yattha mayhaṃ dhuvakārā karīyantīti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) ettha yasmiṃ vihāre tassa cīvaradāyakassa santakaṃ saṅghassa pākavattaṃ vā vattati. Yasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū attano bhāraṃ katvā sadā gehe bhojeti, yattha vā anena āvāso vā kārito, salākabhattādīni vā nibaddhāni, ime dhuvakārā nāma. Yena pana sakalopi vihāro patiṭṭhāpito, tattha vattabbameva natthi. Tenāha ‘‘yattha tassa pākavattaṃ vā vattatī’’tiādi. Tattha pākavattanti dānavattaṃ. Vattatīti pavattati. Yatoti yasmā vihārā. Yatthāti yasmiṃ vihāre. Sabbatthāti sabbesu vihāresu. Mātikaṃ āropetvāti ekasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū bahutarā, ekasmiṃ thokatarā, ekañca vatthaṃ, dhuvakāraṭṭhānañca bahukaṃ, kattha demāti pucchitvā, yadi pana mañco vā pīṭhaṃ vā ekameva hoti, taṃ pucchitvā yassa vā vihārassa, ekavihārepi vā yassa senāsanassa so vicāreti, tattha dātabbaṃ. Sacepi ‘‘asukabhikkhu gaṇhatū’’ti vadati, vaṭṭati. Atha ‘‘mayhaṃ dhuvakāre dethā’’ti vatvā avicāretvāva gacchati, saṅghassapi vicāretuṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ pana vicāretabbaṃ – ‘‘saṅghattherassa vasanaṭṭhāne dethā’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace tattha senāsanaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ hoti, yattha nappahoti, tattha dātabbaṃ. Sace eko bhikkhu ‘‘mayhaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne senāsanaparibhogabhaṇḍaṃ natthī’’ti vadati, tattha dātabbaṃ.
我施给僧团是指这样施与:我把这些衣施给僧团。从那之外是指从近行界之外。与他们一起是指与进入近行界的人一起。也得到单线连接者的,意思是:因为随着大众而扩大的界就成为界。因此,是因为得到进入近行界者的,也因为从那里之外得到与越过近行界者单线连接者的,所以。他们的,是指进入近行界者的,以及从那里之外与他们一起单线连接者的。在接收时,是指弟子等人接收时。即使未到达者的,意思是:即使未到达份额分配处,但已进入近行界者,或者与他们单线连接后站在自己寺院门口或寺院内者的。应给予份额,意思是:即使施给僧团新学比丘,也应如此。但在第二份时,长老坐定之后才来的人得不到第一份。从第二份起,应按雨安居数给予。巴利
Saṅghassadammīti dinnanti ‘‘imāni cīvarāni saṅghassa dammī’’ti evaṃ dinnaṃ. Tato bahiddhāpīti upacārasīmāto bahiddhāpi. Tehi saddhinti upacārasīmāgatehi saddhiṃ. Ekābaddhānañca pāpuṇāti parisāvasena vaḍḍhitā sīmā hotīti katvāti adhippāyo. Tasmāti yasmā upacārasīmāgatānaṃ pāpuṇāti, yasmā ca tato bahiddhāpi upacārasīmokkantehi ekābaddhānaṃ pāpuṇāti, tasmā. Tesanti upacārasīmāgatānaṃ, tato bahiddhā tehi saddhiṃ ekābaddhānañca. Gāhate satīti antevāsikādike gaṇhante sati. Asampattānampīti upacārasīmāyaṃ ṭhitehi ghaṇṭiṃ paharitvā kālaṃ ghosetvā lābhabhājanaṭṭhānaṃ asampattānampi upacārasīmāya paviṭṭhānaṃ, tehi vā saddhiṃ ekābaddhānaṃ hutvā attano vihāradvāre vā antovihāreyeva vā ṭhitānañcāti attho. Bhāgo dātabboti saṅghanavakassa dinnepīti adhippāyo. Dutiyabhāge pana therāsanaṃ āruḷhe āgatānaṃ paṭhamabhāgo na pāpuṇāti. Dutiyabhāgato vassaggena dātabbaṃ.
如果他们说“请布施给站在近行界之外的人”,那就不应该给。但如果精舍很大,从长老的座位开始分发布料时,那些天生懒惰的大长老们后来才到,不应对他们说:“尊者,现在是在给满二十个雨安居的人,你们的份位已经过了。”应该先把份位保留下来,布施给他们,之后再按份位布施。巴利
Sace pana ‘‘bahiupacārasīmāyaṃ ṭhitānaṃ dethā’’ti vadanti, na dātabbaṃ. Yadi pana vihāro mahā hoti, therāsanato paṭṭhāya vatthesu dīyamānesu alasajātikā mahātherā pacchā āgacchanti, ‘‘bhante, vīsativassānaṃ dīyati, tumhākaṃ ṭhitikā atikkantā’’ti na vattabbā. Ṭhitikaṃ ṭhapetvā tesaṃ datvā pacchā ṭhitikāya dātabbaṃ.
听说“某某寺院出现了很多衣服”,比丘们甚至从一由旬内的寺院赶来。对于已经到达的人,要从他们站的位置开始分给。这是这里的简要说明。详细的解释,则应该按照《一切欢喜》中衣犍度注释里所说的方法来理解。巴利
‘‘Asukavihāre kira bahucīvaraṃ uppanna’’nti sutvā yojanantarikavihāratopi bhikkhū āgacchanti, sampattasampattānaṃ ṭhitaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya dātabbaṃ, ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāya cīvarakkhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) vuttanayena veditabbo.
进入精舍后,对于有人说了“我把这些衣布施给僧团”而作布施的情况,已经讲过了判定。现在要说明的是:在近行界之外见到比丘后,对于有人说了“我布施给僧团”而作布施的情况,判定是怎样的。为了说明这一点,所以接着说了“然而……”等话。“集会结成一体的,就得到”:意思是,如果集会散布在一由旬的范围内站着,而他们是结成一体的,那么所有人都得到。这里是否算结为一体,应当以十二肘之内为界限来判定。因此说了“然而……”等话。巴利
Evaṃ vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘imāni cīvarāni saṅghassa dammī’’ti dinnesu vinicchayaṃ vatvā idāni bahiupacārasīmāyaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘‘saṅghassa dammī’’ti dinnesu vinicchayaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘yaṃ panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ekābaddhaparisāya pāpuṇātīti sace yojanaṃ pharitvā parisā ṭhitā hoti, ekābaddhā ce, sabbesaṃ pāpuṇātīti attho. Ekābaddhatā cettha dvādasahatthabbhantarato paricchinditabbā. Tenāha ‘‘ye panā’’tiādi.
“给两部僧团”是指以“我给两部僧团”的方式布施。即使说“我给分成两部的僧团”“我给两个僧团”“我给比丘僧团和比丘尼僧团”,也仍然只是给两部僧团。“一半应给比丘们,一半应给比丘尼们”,就是把两份分得均等,一份给比丘们,一份给比丘尼们。能够取得,是因为已经被“取得两部僧团”这个说法涵盖在内,这就是这里的意趣。“塔”是指塔庙之类。因为它以安置舍利等的方式而受到重视,又因为是世间礼敬的对象,所以称为“塔”。“这里对塔没有什么差别”,说的就是“然而在这里,对于塔”等等。巴利
Ubhatosaṅghassa dinnanti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) ‘‘ubhatosaṅghassa dammī’’ti dinnaṃ. ‘‘Dvedhāsaṅghassa dammi, dvinnaṃ saṅghānaṃ dammi, bhikkhusaṅghassa ca bhikkhunisaṅghassa ca dammī’’ti vuttepi ubhatosaṅghassa dinnameva hoti. Upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ dātabbanti dve bhāge same katvā eko bhāgo bhikkhūnaṃ, eko bhāgo bhikkhunīnaṃ dātabbo. Gahetuṃ labhati ubhatosaṅghaggahaṇena gahitattāti adhippāyo. Cetiyassāti thūpādino. Tañhi dhātāyatanādibhāvena citattā, lokassa cittīkāraṭṭhānatāya ca ‘‘cetiya’’nti vuccati. Na koci visesoti āha ‘‘idha pana cetiyassā’’tiādi.
如果对方说“给两部僧团、给你、以及给塔”,那就分成二十二份:十份给比丘们,十份给比丘尼们,一份给个人,一份给塔。其中,个人除了自己那一份,还可以按自己的戒腊从僧团那份里再拿一份;塔就只有一份。不过这种情况按前面所说的方式就能明白,所以这里没有另外说明。但在《一切欢喜》里已经讲过了。巴利
‘‘Ubhatosaṅghassa ca tuyhañca cetiyassa cā’’ti vutte pana dvāvīsatikoṭṭhāse katvā dasa bhikkhūnaṃ, dasa bhikkhunīnaṃ, eko puggalassa, eko cetiyassa dātabbo. Tattha puggalo saṅghatopi attano vassaggena puna gahetuṃ labhati, cetiyassa ekoyeva. Ayaṃ pana vāro yathāvutteneva nayena ñāyatīti katvā idha na vutto. Samantapāsādikāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) pana vuttoyeva.
不应在中间拆分之后再给,因为这是按“比丘尼们”这个个人角度来说的。个人不能单独得到一份,就像前面说的那样,不能单独得到属于个人的那一份。从应得之处只得到一份,意思是按自己的戒腊,从应得之处只得到一份。为什么?因为已经被“比丘僧团”这个说法涵盖进去了。即使说“给比丘僧团、比丘尼们、你,以及塔”,塔仍然能得到一份与个人相等的份额,而个人不能单独得到。所以,先给塔一份,然后把剩下的比丘和比丘尼合起来计算再分配。因此说“然而说到‘以及塔’的时候”等等。巴利
Namajjhe bhinditvā dātabbaṃ ‘‘bhikkhunīna’’nti puggalikavasena vuttattā. Puggalo visuṃ na labhatīti pubbe viya visuṃ puggalikakoṭṭhāsaṃ na labhati. Pāpuṇanaṭṭhānato ekameva labhatīti attano vassaggena pattabbaṭṭhānato ekameva koṭṭhāsaṃ labhati. Kasmā? Bhikkhusaṅghaggahaṇena gahitattā. ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghassa ca bhikkhunīnañca tuyhañca cetiyassa cā’’ti vuttepi cetiyassa ekapuggalapaṭivīso labbhati, puggalassa visuṃ na labbhati. Tasmā ekaṃ cetiyassa datvā avasesaṃ bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca gaṇetvā bhājetabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘cetiyassa cāti vutte panā’’tiādi.
与那些比丘和比丘尼一起,对个人和塔的执取,和前面刚说过的情形完全一样。意思是:与那些比丘、比丘尼一起时,对个人和塔的取用方式,和前面刚讲的方式相同。在说“给比丘们、比丘尼们和你”“给比丘们、比丘尼们和塔”“给比丘们、比丘尼们、你以及塔”这些情况下,塔都能得到一份,个人没有单独的份额,应当先把比丘和比丘尼的人数合起来计算后再分配——这就是这段话要说的意思。“个人不能单独得到”是说:个人不能单独得到一份,只能按戒腊得到一份。而在说“给比丘僧团和塔”时,塔能得到单独的一份,所以说“塔能得到”。即使在说“给比丘僧团、你和塔”的情况下,也只有塔单独得到,个人没有。塔确实能得到——意思是:在说“给比丘们和塔”时,塔能得到单独的一份。即使说“给比丘们、你和塔”,也只有塔单独得到,个人没有。以比丘尼僧团为首的情况,也应当这样类推理解。巴利
Tehi saddhiṃ puggalacetiyaparāmasanaṃ anantaranayasadisamevāti tehi bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi saddhiṃ puggalassa ca cetiyassa ca gahaṇaṃ anantaranayasadisamevāti attho. ‘‘Bhikkhūnañca bhikkhunīnañca tuyhañca, bhikkhūnañca bhikkhunīnañca cetiyassa ca, bhikkhūnañca bhikkhunīnañca tuyhañca cetiyassa cā’’ti vuttepi cetiyassa ekapaṭivīso labbhati, puggalassa visuṃ natthi, bhikkhū ca bhikkhuniyo ca gaṇetvāva bhājetabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Puggalassa visuṃ na labbhatīti puggalassa visuṃ paṭivīso na labbhati, vassaggena ekova labbhatīti attho. ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghassa ca cetiyassa cā’’ti vutte pana cetiyassa visuṃ paṭivīso labbhatīti āha ‘‘cetiyassa pana labbhatī’’ti. ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghassa ca tuyhañca cetiyassa cā’’ti vuttepi cetiyasseva visuṃ labbhati, na puggalassa. Cetiyassa pana labbhatiyevāti ‘‘bhikkhūnañca cetiyassa cā’’ti vutte pana cetiyassa visuṃ paṭivīso labbhatīti attho. ‘‘Bhikkhūnañca tuyhañca cetiyassa cā’’ti vuttepi cetiyasseva visuṃ labbhati, na puggalassa. Bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ ādiṃ katvāpi evameva yojetabbaṃ.
这里有人问:现在有智慧的人,安放了实心的佛像或佛塔之后,向以佛陀为首的两部僧团作布施;或者在佛像或佛塔前面,把钵放在台座上,供养水后说“我们供养诸佛”,然后先布施嚼食和噉食;或者把食物带到精舍后说“我们供养这座塔”,并布施钵食和花、香等——在这些情况下,应该怎么做呢?回答是:花、香等东西,应当先供到塔上;用布做成幡,用油点灯。至于钵食、蜂蜜、糖浆等,如果这座塔有固定的守护者,不管是出家人还是在家人,就应该交给他。如果没有固定的守护者,就把带来的食物放好,作完供养仪式后吃,是可以的。在接近用餐时间的时候先吃了,之后再作供养仪式,也是可以的。巴利
Etthāha – yaṃ panetarahi (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) paṇḍitamanussā sadhātukaṃ paṭimaṃ vā cetiyaṃ vā ṭhapetvā buddhappamukhassa ubhatosaṅghassa dānaṃ denti, paṭimāya vā cetiyassa vā purato ādhārake pattaṃ ṭhapetvā dakkhiṇodakaṃ datvā ‘‘buddhānaṃ demā’’ti, tattha yaṃ paṭhamaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ denti, vihāraṃ vā āharitvā ‘‘idaṃ cetiyassa demā’’ti piṇḍapātañca mālāgandhādīni ca denti, tattha kathaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti? Vuccate – mālāgandhādīni tāva cetiye āropetabbāni, vatthehi paṭākā, telena padīpā kātabbā, piṇḍapātamadhuphāṇitādīni pana yo nibaddhacetiyajaggako hoti pabbajito vā gahaṭṭho vā, tassa dātabbāni. Nibaddhajaggake asati āhaṭabhattaṃ ṭhapetvā vattaṃ katvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Upakaṭṭhe kāle bhuñjitvā pacchāpi vattaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva.
对于花、香等物品,如果有人吩咐说“把这个拿去供养塔”,那么即使要送到很远的地方,也应当拿去供养。即使对方说的是“拿去给比丘僧团”,也应当拿去。但如果比丘说“我要去乞食了,讲堂里有比丘,他们会拿去供养”,而施主说“尊者,我只给你”,那就可以接受并食用。反之,如果比丘答应“我要供养比丘僧团”而把东西拿走,在前往途中已经接近用餐时间,那么拿回自己的住处食用,是可以的。巴利
Mālāgandhādīsu ca yaṃ kiñci ‘‘idaṃ haritvā cetiyapūjaṃ karothā’’ti vutte dūrampi haritvā pūjetabbaṃ. ‘‘Bhikkhusaṅghassa harā’’ti vuttepi haritabbaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘ahaṃ piṇḍāya carāmi, āsanasālāyaṃ bhikkhū atthi, te harissantī’’ti vutte ‘‘bhante, tuyhaṃyeva dammī’’ti vadati, bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Atha pana ‘‘bhikkhusaṅghassa dassāmī’’ti harantassa gacchato antarāva kālo upakaṭṭho hoti, attano pāpetvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
我布施给已出雨安居僧团这句话,是说:我布施这些衣给已出雨安居僧团。所谓也到达界外住处,意思是:在咖提那衣已经敷展的情况下,直到咖提那衣被撤销之前,也到达界外住处。因此,即使对已经离开去往他方的人,只要有接受者在,也应当布施。但如果咖提那衣还没有敷展,在冬季期间这样说并布施,那么也到达后安居完成者。所谓在任何处,是指在任何一座寺院里。所谓这样说,是说我布施给已出雨安居僧团。在这里,所有当时在场的人都得到,因为是在之后才生起的缘故。不过,如果他说我布施给正在住雨安居的人,那就只有正在雨安居期间安住的人才能得到,破了安居的人得不到。如果在衣月里说我布施给正在住雨安居的人,那就只到达后入安居的人,前入安居的人和破了安居的人都得不到。巴利
Vassaṃvuṭṭhasaṅghassa dammīti vadatīti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) ‘‘vassaṃvuṭṭhasaṅghassa imāni cīvarāni dammī’’ti vadati. Tesaṃ bahisīmaṭṭhānampi pāpuṇātīti atthate kathine bahisīmaṭṭhānampi yāva kathinassa ubbhārā pāpuṇāti, tasmā disāpakkantassāpi sati paṭiggāhake dātabbaṃ. Anatthate pana kathine antohemante, evañca pana vatvā dinnaṃ pacchimavassaṃvuṭṭhānampi pāpuṇāti. Yattha katthacīti yesu kesuci vihāresu. Evaṃ vadatīti ‘‘vassaṃvuṭṭhasaṅghassa dammī’’ti vadati. Tatra sammukhībhūtānaṃ sabbesaṃ pāpuṇāti piṭṭhisamaye uppannattā. Sace pana ‘‘vassaṃ vasantānaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, antovasseyeva vassaṃ vasantāva labhanti, chinnavassā na labhanti. Cīvaramāse pana ‘‘vassaṃ vasantānaṃ dammī’’ti vutte pacchimikāya vassūpagatānaṃyeva pāpuṇāti, purimikāya vassūpagatānañca chinnavassānañca na pāpuṇāti.
从衣月一开始,直到冬季的最后一天,在这期间如果说“我们布施雨安居衣”,那么不管咖提那衣已经铺好还是没铺好,都只归属于已经过了雨安居的人。但如果是从热季第一天开始说的,就应该提出论母来问:“过去那个雨安居已经过去五个月了,未来的雨安居还有四个月才到,你布施的是哪个雨安居的安居衣?”如果他说“我布施给已经过了雨安居的人”,那就只归属于那些在雨安居期间安居的人,已经离开去别方的人,同分者也能领受。巴利
Cīvaramāsato paṭṭhāya yāva hemantassa pacchimo divaso, tāva ‘‘vassāvāsikaṃ demā’’ti vutte kathinaṃ atthataṃ vā hotu, anatthataṃ vā, atītavassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃyeva pāpuṇāti. Gimhānaṃ paṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāya vutte pana mātikā āropetabbā ‘‘atītavassāvāsassa pañca māsā atikkantā, anāgato catumāsaccayena bhavissati, kataravassāvāsassa desī’’ti. Sace ‘‘atītavassaṃvuṭṭhānaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, taṃantovassaṃvuṭṭhānameva pāpuṇāti, disā pakkantānampi sabhāgā gaṇhituṃ labhanti.
如果他说“我布施给未来雨安居的人”,那就先把这份施物存着,到入雨安居那天再取。如果有人说“精舍没人看守,有盗贼的危险,没法存放,也不能带着到处走”,然后说“我布施给到来的人”,那就分配之后取用。如果他说“尊者,从我这里算起,第三个雨安居时我没有布施雨安居物,我现在布施那个”,那么这份施物就归在那次雨安居期间安居的比丘们所得。如果他们已离开去了别的地方,另一位可信的人可以代取,然后布施出去。如果只剩一个人,其余的都去世了,那就全部归这一个人。如果连一个人也没有,那就成为僧团之物,由在场的人来分配。巴利
Sace ‘‘anāgate vassāvāsikaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, taṃ ṭhapetvā vassūpanāyikadivase gahetabbaṃ. Atha ‘‘agutto vihāro, corabhayaṃ atthi, na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, gaṇhitvā vā āhiṇḍitu’’nti vutte ‘‘sampattānaṃ dammī’’ti vadati, bhājetvā gahetabbaṃ. Sace vadati ‘‘ito me, bhante, tatiye vasse vassāvāsikaṃ na dinnaṃ, taṃ dammī’’ti, tasmiṃ antovasse vuṭṭhabhikkhūnaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sace te disā pakkantā, añño vissāsiko gaṇhāti, dātabbaṃ. Atha ekoyeva avasiṭṭho, sesā kālaṅkatā, sabbaṃ ekasseva pāpuṇāti. Sace ekopi natthi, saṅghikaṃ hoti, sammukhībhūtehi bhājitabbaṃ.
“由被邀请者饮粥”是指:粥是那些被邀请的比丘喝的。但如果是比丘按乞食的行仪,沿门挨家走去时得到的粥,或是进入人家里得到的粥,或是有人从斋堂把钵拿来送来的粥,或是长老派人送去的粥,这些人就不算在内。如果跟着被邀请的比丘一起,还有许多别的比丘也来了,坐满了屋内屋外,而施主这样说:“不管是被邀请的还是没被邀请的,凡是我给了粥的,这些衣都归他们”,那就所有人都得到。但如果粥是从长老手里得到的,那些人就不算在内。如果施主说:“凡喝了我粥的,都有一份”,那就所有人都得到。“以食物、嚼食等”这里,“等”字也包括衣、住所和药。巴利
Yehi nimantitehi yāgu pītāti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) nimantitehi yehi bhikkhūhi yāgu pītā, yehi pana bhikkhācāravattena gharadvārena gacchantehi vā gharaṃ paviṭṭhehi vā yāgu laddhā, yesaṃ vā āsanasālato pattaṃ āharitvā manussehi nītā, yesaṃ vā therehi pesitā, tesaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Sace pana nimantitabhikkhūhi saddhiṃ aññepi bahū āgantvā antogehañca bahigehañca pūretvā nisinnā, dāyako ca evaṃ vadati ‘‘nimantitā vā hontu, animantitā vā, yesaṃ mayā yāgu dinnā, sabbesaṃ imāni vatthāni hontū’’ti, sabbesaṃ pāpuṇāti. Yehi pana therānaṃ hatthato yāgu laddhā, tesaṃ na pāpuṇāti. Atha so ‘‘yehi mayhaṃ yāgu pītā, sabbesaṃ hotū’’ti vadati, sabbesaṃ pāpuṇāti. Bhattakhajjakādīhīti ettha ādisaddenapi cīvarasenāsanabhesajjānaṃ gahaṇaṃ.
“对于个人”是指面对面的个人。因此说“这件衣”等等。如果这样说:“我把这件衣施给你们和你们的弟子”,那么长老和弟子们都得到。有人是为了接受教示而来的,也有人接受之后离开,这些人也得到。如果说“我施给与你们一起结伴游方的比丘们”,那么所有履行教示弟子的职责、接受教示和问答等而游方的人,全都得到。“在此”是指在八个论母中。如果这里只是简略的说法,详细内容又该怎么了解呢?所以说“在《一切欢喜》中已说”。意思是在《一切欢喜》的衣篇解释中已经说过了。巴利
Puggalassāti (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) sammukhāsammukhabhūtassa puggalassa. Tenāha ‘‘idaṃ cīvara’’ntiādi. Sace pana ‘‘idaṃ tumhākañceva tumhākaṃ antevāsikānañca dammī’’ti evaṃ vadati, therassa ca antevāsikānañca pāpuṇāti. Uddesaṃ gahetuṃ āgato, gahetvā gacchanto ca atthi, tassāpi pāpuṇāti. Tumhehi saddhiṃ nibaddhacārikabhikkhūnaṃ dammī’’ti vutte uddesantevāsikānaṃ vattaṃ katvā uddesaparipucchādīni gahetvā vicarantānaṃ sabbesaṃ pāpuṇāti. Etthāti aṭṭhasu mātikāsu. Yadi pana ayamettha saṅkhepakathā, vitthāro pana kathaṃ ñātabboti āha ‘‘samantapāsādikāyaṃ vutto’’ti. Samantapāsādikāyaṃ cīvarakkhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 379) vuttoti attho.
应该这样理解:如果亲戚为了给我置办衣而派人来,或者朋友派人来,说“他们带来衣时会布施”,那么从亲戚或朋友那里就生起了期待。以如法物品,是指用棉线等自己的财物。细,是指精细。得到另一件期待衣之后,才应在期限之内制作,意思是得到另一件与根本衣相似的期待衣之后,才应在一个月之内制作。而且这只是在有期待的情况下;如果没有期待,当根本衣满十天时,当天就应该决意。所以说“如果得不到”等。期待衣也应当决意为资具衣,这是针对先前生起的粗质期待衣而说的。以“也”字表明,不仅仅是指根本衣。巴利
‘‘Ñātakehi vā me cīvaratthāya pesitaṃ, mittehi vā pesitaṃ, te ābhate cīvare dassantī’’ti evaṃ ñātito vā mittato vā paccāsā hotīti veditabbaṃ. Kappiyabhaṇḍenāti kappāsasuttādinā attano dhanena. Saṇhanti sukhumaṃ. Aññaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ labhitvā eva kālabbhantare kāretabbanti aññaṃ mūlacīvarasadisaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ labhitvāyeva māsabbhantare kāretabbaṃ. Tañca kho satiyāyeva paccāsāya, asatiyā pana paccāsāya mūlacīvaraṃ dasāhaṃ ce sampattaṃ, tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘sace na labhatī’’tiādi. Paccāsācīvarampi parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbanti paṭhamataraṃ uppannaṃ thūlapaccāsācīvarampi sandhāya vuttaṃ. Pi-saddena na kevalaṃ mūlacīvaramevāti dasseti.
4. 旧衣学处注释巴利
4. Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“我们的亲戚”——因为被认作亲戚,所以叫亲戚;她就是亲戚女。不是亲戚女,就是非亲戚女;对那位非亲戚女,所以说“非亲戚女”。“从母方或从父方”,就是从母方或从父方。“直到第七代”,就是直到第七代男子或第七代女子的寿量,也就是说直到祖父代、祖母代、外祖父代、外祖母代。或者,“直到第七代”意思是直到第七对偶。这里“代”这个词,应当按省略的说法来理解,即“代与代,就是诸代”。这样,在各地就取为对偶。“以任何方式没有关联”,就是对兄弟、姐妹、外甥、孙子等人,以任何方式都没有关联。父、祖父、曾祖父、高祖,这样直到第七代;父、父之母、她的父与母、兄弟与姐妹、儿子与女儿,这样也向上和向下直到第七代;父、父之兄弟、父之姐妹、父之儿子、父之女儿,以及他们的子女相续,这样也直到第七代;母、母之母、她的母、她的母,这样直到第七代;母、母之父、他的父与母、兄弟与姐妹、儿子与女儿,这样也向上和向下直到第七代;母、母之兄弟、母之姐妹、母之儿子、母之女儿,以及他们的子女相续,这样也直到第七代。凡是既不以母系关联、也不以父系关联而有关联的,就说她是“非亲戚女”。巴利
‘‘Amhākameva ñātī’’ti ñāyatīti ñāti, sāva ñātikā, na ñātikā aññātikā, tāya aññātikāya. Tenāha ‘‘na ñātikāyā’’ti. Mātito vā pitito vāti mātipakkhato vā pitipakkhato vā. Yāva sattamaṃ yuganti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.503-505) yāva sattamassa purisassa, sattamāya vā itthiyā āyuppamāṇaṃ, yāva pitāmahayugaṃ pitāmahiyugaṃ mātāmahayugaṃ mātāmahiyuganti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā yāva sattamaṃ yuganti yāva sattamadvandanti attho. Yugasaddo cettha ekasesanayena daṭṭhabbo ‘‘yugo ca yugo ca yugā’’ti. Evañhi tattha tattha dvandaṃ gahitaṃ hoti. Kenaci ākārena asambaddhāyāti bhātubhaginibhāgineyyaputtapaputtādīsu yena kenaci ākārena asambaddhāya. Pitā, pitupitā, tassa pitā, tassāpi pitāti evaṃ yāva sattamā yugā, pitā, pitumātā, tassā pitā ca mātā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca, puttā ca, dhītaro cāti evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, pitā, pitubhātā, pitubhaginī, pituputtā, pitudhītaro, tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, mātā, mātumātā, tassā mātā, tassāpi mātāti evaṃ yāva sattamā yugā, mātā, mātupitā, tassa pitā ca mātā ca bhātā ca bhaginī ca puttā ca dhītaro cāti evampi uddhañca adho ca yāva sattamā yugā, mātā, mātubhātā, mātubhaginī, mātuputtā, mātudhītaro , tesampi puttadhītuparamparāti evampi yāva sattamā yugā, tāva neva mātusambandhena, na pitusambandhena yā sambaddhā, sā ‘‘aññātikā nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ hoti.
“像释迦女一样”是指像五百位左右的释迦女那样。这只是举例说明,因此,即使是在比丘身份中转变了性别的比丘尼,在这里也应被理解为在纯比丘僧团中“已受具足戒”。“或在两僧团中”是指:在比丘尼僧团中以白四羯磨受戒,在比丘僧团中也以白四羯磨受戒,如此就是在两僧团中受具足戒。“旧衣”中的“衣”,这里只指适合做下衣和上衣的布,所以说“染色”等。“作净”是指打上净点。有人说,这是为了表明没有作净的不构成波逸提罪。“以受用为头”是指用身体接触,以接触为受用的开始。“肩”是指肩膊。“头顶”是指头顶上面。不过,如果把布铺在敷具下面躺着,或者用手举起在空中做成帐幕、头不碰到它而走过去,这就不叫受用。巴利
Sākiyāniyo viyāti pañcasatamattā sākiyāniyo viya. Nidassanamattañcetaṃ, tasmā bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā parivattaliṅgā bhikkhuniyopi idha suddhabhikkhusaṅghe ‘‘upasampannā’’ icceva veditabbā. Ubhatosaṅghe vāti bhikkhunisaṅghe ñatticatutthena, bhikkhusaṅghe ñatticatutthenāti evaṃ ubhatosaṅghe vā. Purāṇacīvaranti ettha cīvaranti nivāsanapārupanupagameva adhippetanti āha ‘‘rajitvā’’tiādi. Kappaṃ katvāti kappabinduṃ datvā. ‘‘Iminā adinnakappaṃ pācittiyavatthu na hotīti dassetī’’ti (sārattha. ṭī. 2.505) vadanti. Paribhogasīsenāti kāyena phusitvā paribhogasīsena. Aṃseti jattumhi. Matthaketi sīsamatthake. Sace pana paccattharaṇassa heṭṭhā katvā nipajjati, hatthehi vā ukkhipitvā ākāse vitānaṃ katvā sīsena asamphusanto gacchati, ayaṃ paribhogo nāma na hoti.
她做出身体的动作,意思是:就像她知道“这个人想让我洗”,于是就做出那样的身体动作。“站在十二肘范围之内,或向上扔”——用这句话说明,放弃近处而从此侧扔的人不犯戒。“或者送到别人手里”——站在十二肘范围之内,送到式叉摩那、沙弥、沙弥尼、近事男、近事女等任何人手里。“他”——指近事男和沙弥。“受具足戒后洗”——这里,近事男如果性别转变,在比丘尼众中出家并受具足戒后洗;沙弥如果性别转变,在比丘尼众中受具足戒后洗,应当按各自情况来理解。不过,如果已经交到比丘尼手里,在性别转变时洗,那是允许的。巴利
Kāyavikāraṃ vā karotīti yathā sā ‘‘dhovāpetukāmo aya’’nti jānāti, evaṃ kāyavikāraṃ karoti. ‘‘Antodvādasahatthe okāse ṭhatvā upari vā khipatī’’ti iminā upacāraṃ muñcitvā orato khipantassa anāpattīti dasseti. Aññassa vā hatthe pesetīti antodvādasahatthe okāse ṭhatvā sikkhamānasāmaṇerasāmaṇeriupāsakaitthiyādīsu yassa kassaci aññassa hatthe vā peseti. Soti upāsako ca sāmaṇero ca. Upasampajjitvā dhovatīti ettha upāsako liṅge parivatte bhikkhunīsu pabbajitvā upasampajjitvā dhovati, sāmaṇero liṅge parivatte bhikkhunīsu upasampajjitvā dhovatīti yathāyogaṃ attho gahetabbo. Sace pana bhikkhuniyā hatthe dinnaṃ hoti, sace liṅge parivatte dhovati, vaṭṭati.
在这里,如果一个人没有三次舍弃,那么让他做三件事时,做一次就犯一个舍堕,做两次就犯两个恶作。让他做两件事时,做一次犯一个舍堕,第二次犯一个恶作。因此说“洗等三事”等等。“以一事”这句话,是针对最先做并且完成的那件事说的。但如果说了“把这件衣染了、洗了再拿来”,那位比丘尼却先洗后染,那就只构成恶作,不构成舍堕;一切语序颠倒的情况,都应这样理解。如果对她说“洗了再拿来”,她既洗又染,那就只因为让人洗这件事而有罪,染这件事没有犯。一切情况都是如此。因此说“但如果说了‘洗’”等等。“以比丘尼僧团的方式”是指,让那些按照比丘的方式一起受具足戒的人来洗,事情本身就是如此,所以说“以比丘尼僧团的方式”等等。巴利
Ettha ca ekassa tikkhattuṃ nissajjanābhāvato tīṇipi kārentassa ekena nissaggiyaṃ, dvīhi dve dukkaṭāni. Dve kārentassa ekena nissaggiyaṃ, dutiyena dukkaṭaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘dhovanādīni tīṇī’’tiādi. ‘‘Ekena vatthunā’’ti paṭhamaṃ katvā niṭṭhāpitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ rajitvā dhovitvā ānehī’’ti vutte sā bhikkhunī paṭhamaṃ dhovitvā pacchā rajati, nissaggiyena dukkaṭameva, evaṃ sabbesu viparītavacanesu nayo netabbo. Sace pana ‘‘dhovitvā ānehī’’ti vuttā dhovati ceva rajati ca, dhovāpanapaccayā eva āpatti, rajane anāpatti. Evaṃ sabbattha. Tenāha ‘‘sace pana‘dhovā’ti vuttā’’tiādi. Bhikkhūnaṃ vasena ekato upasampannāya dhovāpentassa yathāvatthukamevāti āha ‘‘bhikkhunisaṅghavasenā’’tiādi.
“属于他人的”,意思是让人洗属于他人的旧衣。“坐具与敷具”,是指属于他人或自己的坐具和敷具。因为这里只把适合当内衣和上衣穿的称为“旧衣”,所以让人洗自己所有的坐具和敷具,也只犯恶作,不犯舍堕。“未说而洗”,是指前来诵戒或听教诫时,看见脏衣,从存放的地方取来,或者让人拿来,说“尊者,给我,我来洗”,然后既洗又染又捶打,这叫作未说而洗。如果比丘命令年少比丘或沙弥“洗这件衣”,对方听到后说“尊者,拿来,我来洗”,然后洗;或者拿暂时存放的衣来洗、染之后交还,这也叫作未说而洗。巴利
Aññassavā santakanti aññassa santakaṃ purāṇacīvaraṃ dhovāpentassāti attho. Nisīdanapaccattharaṇanti aññassa vā attano vā santakaṃ nisīdanañceva paccattharaṇañca. Nivāsanapārupanupagasseva ca idha ‘‘purāṇacīvara’’nti adhippetattā attano santakampi nisīdanapaccattharaṇaṃ dhovāpentassa dukkaṭameva hoti, na nissaggiyaṃ. Avuttā vā dhovatīti uddesāya vā ovādāya vā āgatā kiliṭṭhacīvaraṃ disvā ṭhapitaṭṭhānato vā gahetvā, ‘‘detha ayya, dhovissāmī’’ti āharāpetvā vā dhovati ceva rajati ca ākoṭeti ca, ayaṃ avuttā dhovati nāma. Yāpi ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ dhovā’’ti daharaṃ vā sāmaṇeraṃ vā āṇāpentassa bhikkhuno vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘āharathayya, ahaṃ dhovissāmī’’ti dhovati, tāvakālikaṃ vā gahetvā dhovitvā rajitvā deti, ayampi avuttā dhovati nāma.
或者别的什么资具,比如鞋、针袋、钵袋、肩带、腰带、床、椅、垫子之类的任何东西。因为经文说“站在近处”,所以派人送去洗也不犯戒。“近处”就是指十二肘以内的范围。巴利
Aññaṃ vā parikkhāranti upāhanatthavikapattatthavikaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanamañcapīṭhataṭṭikādiṃ yaṃ kiñci. ‘‘Upacāre ṭhatvā’’ti vacanato pesitvā dhovanepi anāpatti. Upacāreti antodvādasahatthe okāse.
5. 接受衣物的学处解释巴利
5. Cīvarappaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“六种”是指在麻布等六种衣当中。离开近行范围,是指离开十二肘的近行范围。那个“也”字要说明的是:有人正在说法时,四众带来衣和各种不同颜色的布料,放在他脚下,或者站在近行范围内往上抛,说“如果接受,就算已经受取了”——这里不需要再多说什么。“让他抛”,是指白天或夜里都可以抛。“就算已经受取”,是指即使没法分辨“这是比丘尼的,这是别人的”,也仍然因为不是有意接受而算作已受取。“任何未达上者”,是指在学法女、沙弥、沙弥尼、优婆塞、优婆夷等当中任何未达上者。“所放置的”,是指比丘尼所放置的。“取粪扫衣后作决意”,是指生起“这是无主物”想。无主物确实被称为“粪扫衣”。以此说明:不能以“这是为我们放置的”等想而取。“除了交换物”,是指应交换的交换物,交换物本身就是交换物,即交换后所给的,没有那个的意思。因此说“乃至哪怕是一颗诃子碎片”等。“作意”是指以心作意。如果比丘尼连雨安居衣也给予,也应当知道:不按上述规定而取,是不允许的。巴利
Channanti khomādīnaṃ channaṃ cīvarānaṃ majjhe. Upacāraṃ muñcitvāti dvādasahatthūpacāraṃ muñcitvā. Pi-saddena dhammakathaṃ kathentassa catasso parisā cīvarāni ca nānāvirāgavatthāni ca āharitvā pādamūle ṭhapenti, upacāre vā ṭhatvā upari khipanti, ‘‘sace sādiyati, paṭiggahitamevā’’ti ettha vattabbameva natthīti dasseti. Khipatūti divā vā rattibhāge vā khipatu. Paṭiggahitameva hotīti kiñcāpi ‘‘idaṃ bhikkhuniyā, idaṃ aññesa’’nti ñātuṃ na sakkā, tathāpi acittakabhāvena gahitameva hoti. Yassa kassaci pana anupasampannassāti sikkhamānasāmaṇerasāmaṇeriupāsakaupāsikādīsu yassa kassaci anupasampannassa. Ṭhapitanti bhikkhuniyā ṭhapitaṃ. Paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvāti ‘‘assāmikaṃ ida’’nti saññaṃ uppādetvā. Assāmikañhi ‘‘paṃsukūla’’nti vuccati. Iminā ‘‘amhākamatthāya ṭhapita’’ntiādikāya saññāya gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti dasseti. Aññatra pārivattakāti parivattetabbaṃ parivattaṃ, parivattameva pārivattakaṃ, parivattetvā diyyamānaṃ, taṃ vināti attho. Tenāha ‘‘yaṃ antamaso harīṭakakkhaṇḍampī’’tiādi. Ābhogaṃ katvāti cittena samannāharitvā. Sace bhikkhunī vassāvāsikampi deti, tampi yathāvuttavidhānaṃ akatvā gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ.
“因获得”就是指拿取。“三波逸提”:有三种情形,具足三种情形,这三种情形与波逸提合起来称为三波逸提;意思是说,对非亲属者生起亲属想、疑想、非亲属想这三种情形,各构成一波逸提,共三种波逸提。“于仅一方达上者”指在比丘尼面前受具足戒者。从她手中受取衣,除了交换以外,犯恶作;但如果是从在比丘面前受具足戒者手中受取,就只犯波逸提。“钵袋等及不应决意之资具”这句话也把床垫皮包含在内。因为床垫皮虽然大,但被归入坐卧具,所以不算衣类,既不适用决意,也不适用分授。《一切欢喜》中确实说过:“即使床垫皮大如床,也无妨。”不过,依据“从手中受取衣”这句话,如果是非亲属比丘尼派人送来而受取,也无犯。至于受取与否、是否进行交换,则有作与不作的差别。巴利
Paṭilābhenāti gahaṇena. Tikapācittiyanti tīṇi parimāṇāni assāti tikaṃ,tikañca taṃ pācittiyañcāti tikapācittiyaṃ, aññātikāya ñātikasaññivematikaaññātikasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyānīti attho. Ekatoupasampannāyāti bhikkhunīnaṃ santike upasampannāya. Tāya hi hatthato aññatra pārivattakā cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhantassa dukkaṭaṃ, bhikkhūnaṃ santike upasampannāya pana pācittiyameva. ‘‘Pattatthavikādimhi ca anadhiṭṭhātabbaparikkhāre’’ti iminā bhisicchavimpi saṅgaṇhāti. Sā hi mahantāpi senāsanasaṅgahitattā cīvarasaṅkhaṃ na gacchatīti neva adhiṭṭhānupagā, na vikappanupagā ca. Vuttañhi samantapāsādikāyaṃ ‘‘sacepi mañcappamāṇā bhisicchavi hoti, vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.514). ‘‘Hatthato cīvaraṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti vacanato pana aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā pesitaggahaṇepi anāpatti. Paṭiggahaṇato, parivattanākaraṇato ca kiriyākiriyaṃ.
向非亲族乞衣学处的注释巴利
6. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
家主就是家的主人,所以叫居士;这里指的是任何没有出家的人。因此说“比丘中的未出家之人”。对“诸居士”也是同样的道理。“应乞求”这个说法,既可以表示纯粹自己做的意思,也可以表示使役的意思,所以说“或自己乞求,或让别人乞求”。这里让别人乞求,应当理解为只是为了自己的需要。作此理解后,“非受命”之义得以成立。“除了适时之外”:“适时”在这里是相合的意思,或者说众生与它相合,或者自性法与俱生等相合,或者与生起等相合,就叫“适时”,也就是时节。从法的运行这一点来说,实际上即使不是真实的时节,但因为它是法运行的依据和工具,通过概念安立所成之相而说为“适时”,意思是“除了那个适时之外”。因此说“或衣被夺者”等等。其中,被国王等人中任何人夺去衣的,就是“衣被夺者”。正如说:“所谓衣被夺者,就是比丘的衣被夺去,被国王、盗贼、骗子或任何人夺去。”在火等任何因缘中失去衣的,就是“衣失者”。正如说:“所谓衣失者,就是比丘的衣被火烧了,或被水冲走了,或被老鼠或白蚁咬了,或因使用而破旧了。”“适时”是相对于“除了”这个词,用从格来表达对格的意思,所以说“那个适时”。“另一时”就是另一个适时。巴利
Gehassa pati jeṭṭhoti gahapati, taṃ gahapatiṃ, idha pana apabbajito yo koci manusso adhippeto. Tenāha ‘‘bhikkhūsu apabbajitamanussa’’nti. Eseva nayo gahapatāninti etthāpi. ‘‘Viññāpeyyā’’ti idaṃ suddhakattuatthe ca hetukattuatthe ca vattatīti āha ‘‘yāceyya vā yācāpeyya vā’’ti. Yācāpanañcettha attano atthāyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evañca pana katvā ‘‘anāṇattika’’nti idaṃ samatthitaṃ hoti. Aññatra samayāti sameti ettha, etena vā saṃgacchati satto, sabhāvadhammo vā sahajātādīhi, uppādādīhi vāti samayo, kālo, dhammappavattimattatāya atthato abhūtopi hi kālo dhammappavattiyā adhikaraṇaṃ, karaṇaṃ viya ca kappanāmattasiddhena rūpena voharīyati, taṃ samayaṃ ṭhapetvāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘yo acchinnacīvaro vā hotī’’tiādi. Tattha rājādīsu yehi kehici acchinnaṃ cīvaraṃ etassāti acchinnacīvaro. Yathāha ‘‘acchinnacīvaro nāma bhikkhussa cīvaraṃ acchinnaṃ hoti, rājūhi vā corehi vā dhuttehi vā yehi kehici vā acchinnaṃ hotī’’ti. Aggiādīsu yena kenaci naṭṭhaṃ cīvarametassāti naṭṭhacīvaro. Yathāha ‘‘naṭṭhacīvaro nāma bhikkhussa cīvaraṃ agginā vā daḍḍhaṃ hoti, udakena vā vūḷhaṃ hoti, undūrehi vā upacikāhi vā khāyitaṃ hoti , paribhogajiṇṇaṃ vā hotī’’ti (pārā. 519). Samayāti aññatrasaddāpekkhāya upayogatthe nissakkavacananti āha ‘‘taṃ samaya’’nti. Aññasminti aññasmiṃ samaye.
三波逸提是指:对非亲属的人,以非亲属、非亲属想、疑、亲属想这四种情形去乞求,就构成三条波逸提。适时是指前面说过的衣被夺走时和衣丢失时。或者向亲属、或者向已邀请的人乞求,就是向亲属,或者向已经作出邀请、说请把你们的敷布给我的人乞求。在这里(《波罗夷注》2.521),如果是以僧团的名义作出邀请,那只能乞求适量的东西;如果是以个人的名义作出邀请,那就要看他邀请的是什么,就只乞求那样东西。如果有人以四种资具作出邀请,自己会留意,按时按日地给衣、粥、饭等,需要什么就给什么,那就不需要再向他乞求。如果有人已经作出邀请,却因为愚笨或忘失而没有给,那就应该向他乞求。如果有人说我以我家邀请,那就去他家,随意坐卧,但什么都不能拿。如果有人说凡是我家里有的,我都邀请,那就可以乞求其中合乎戒律的东西,但不可以在他家里坐卧。为他自身所需,虽然说的是为另一人,实际上是指为佛护或法护本人。以自己财物取得,就是用自己合乎戒律的物品,通过合乎戒律的方式取得、让人买或让人交换——就是这个意思。巴利
Tikapācittiyanti aññātake aññātakasaññivematikaññātakasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyāni. Samayeti yathāvutte acchinnacīvarakāle ca naṭṭhacīvarakāle ca. Ñātakappavārite vā viññāpentassāti ñātake, pavārite ca ‘‘tumhākaṃ santhataṃ dethā’’ti yācantassa. Ettha (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.521) ca saṅghavasena pavārite pamāṇameva yācituṃ vaṭṭati, puggalikavasena pavārite pana yaṃ yaṃ pavārenti, taṃ tameva viññāpetabbaṃ. Yo hi catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā sayameva sallakkhetvā kālānukālaṃ cīvarādīni divase divase yāgubhattādīni deti, evaṃ yena yena attho, taṃ taṃ deti, tassa viññāpanakiccaṃ natthi. Yo pana pavāretvā bālatāya vā satisammosena vā na deti, so viññāpetabbo. Yo ‘‘mayhaṃ gehaṃ pavāremī’’ti vadati, tassa gehaṃ gantvā yathāsukhaṃ nisīditabbaṃ nipajjitabbaṃ, na kiñci gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana ‘‘yaṃ mayhaṃ gehe atthi, taṃ pavāremī’’ti vadati, yaṃ tattha kappiyaṃ, taṃ viññāpetabbaṃ. Gehe pana nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā na labbhati. Tassevatthāyāti ‘‘aññassā’’ti laddhavohārassa tasseva buddharakkhitassa vā dhammarakkhitassa vā atthāya. Attano dhanena gaṇhantassāti attano kappiyabhaṇḍena kappiyavohāreneva gaṇhantassa cetāpentassa, parivattāpentassāti attho.
第7节 过量学处的解释巴利
7. Tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
这里“taṃ”这个词表达的是已经说过的意思。“ceti”只是语气助词。或者“ceti”是“如果”的意思,那就要知道它和后面的“pavāreyya”(若邀请)相连。“pavāreyya ceti”就是“如果邀请”的意思。用“abhi是前缀”这条注释,是为了说明它没有特别的含义差别。因此说“意思是带去”。“邀请”这个词是在表达意愿时使用的,所以说成“令生起意欲”,也就是让对资具的意欲生起。这是上门邀请的另一种说法。所以说“所及”等等。“出离”指出家。“为见”就是为了看见。这里为了守护意乐,省略了鼻音。“安稳地”就是没有怖畏地。应该和“以身或以语带去后邀请”这句连起来理解。为了说明以身邀请和以语邀请的方式,所以说了“携至”等话。“连同内衣”就是连同下衣。“上”指上衣。“最终”指极限。“彼衣”指那件作为整体应被带去的衣。要知道这是一个属性外部关系复合词,就像“垂耳者”那样。因此说“以下衣”等等,因为以最高限度为标准,任何人都只能取那最终之量。巴利
Taṃ-saddo cettha pakatatthavacano. Ceti nipātamattaṃ. Ceti vā yadīti attho, tassa ‘‘pavāreyyā’’ti iminā sambandho veditabbo. Pavāreyya ceti yadi pavāreyyāti attho. ‘‘Abhīti upasaggo’’ti (sārattha. ṭī. 2.523-524) iminā tassa atthavisesābhāvaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘haritunti attho’’ti. Pavārasaddassa icchāyaṃ vattamānattā ‘‘icchāpeyyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Icchaṃ uppādeyyāti paccaye icchaṃ uppādeyya. Upanimantanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘yāvattaka’’ntiādi. Nekkhammanti pabbajjaṃ. Daṭṭhūti daṭṭhuṃ. Chandānurakkhaṇatthañhettha anunāsikalopo. Khematoti nibbhayato. Kāyena vā vācāya vā abhiharitvā nimanteyyāti sambandho. Yathā ca kāyena abhihareyya, vācāya ca, taṃ vidhiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘upanetvā’’tiādi vuttaṃ saantaranti antaravāsakasahitaṃ. Uttaranti uttarāsaṅgaṃ. Paramanti avasānaṃ. Assa cīvarassāti assa samudāyabhūtassa haritabbassa cīvarassa. Tagguṇasaṃviññāṇo hi ayaṃ bāhiratthasamāso yathā ‘‘lambakaṇṇo’’ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘nivāsanenā’’tiādi. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena hi sabbe taṃparamaṃyeva gahetuṃ labhanti.
因为衣没有被夺、只持有三衣之量的比丘,应当这样行持;而其他比丘则另有不同的做法。因此,为了说明其中的区别,才说了“于此,这是判定”等话。“已决意之衣”,是指依照三衣决意的方式,或作为资具布的方式,或以任何方式已作决意的衣。这里主要是针对已决意而受用衣的人说的,并不是说未决意之衣在衣未被夺时这条规则就不成立。或者,如果有人除三衣之外,还有别的衣放在别处,而那时那里没有,他也可以因为那时那里没有,而接受两件。“以本来就有内外衣而行”,是指因为已越过咖提那衣的时限,或依有疑学处,或依不别住许可,或因第三件衣没有得到而行。说“两件已失”,是因为属于统摄范围,所以说“应接受两件”。“若接受一件,就与此同等”,是说三衣中失了两件而接受一件的人,与那种情形同等——因为两者都安住在以内外衣为最高标准上。如果有人因为其他某种原因,其余衣都失坏了,只剩一件,也是如此。巴利
Yasmā acchinnasabbacīvarena ticīvaramattakeneva bhikkhunā evaṃ paṭipajjitabbaṃ, aññena pana aññathāpi, tasmā taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Adhiṭṭhitacīvarassāti ticīvarādhiṭṭhānanayena vā parikkhāracoḷavasena vā yena kenaci adhiṭṭhitacīvarassa, idañca yebhuyyena adhiṭṭhahitvā cīvaraṃ paribhuñjato vuttaṃ, na pana anadhiṭṭhitacīvarassa cīvare acchinne ayaṃ vidhi na sambhavatīti. Yassa vā ticīvarato adhikampi cīvaraṃ aññattha atthi, tattha natthi, tenāpi tadā tattha abhāvato dve sādituṃ vaṭṭati. Pakatiyāva santaruttarena caratīti (sārattha. ṭī. 2.523-524) atthatakathinattā vā sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavasena vā avippavāsasammutivasena vā tatiyassa alābhena vā carati. ‘‘Dve naṭṭhānī’’ti adhikārattā vuttaṃ ‘‘dve sāditabbānī’’ti. Ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissatīti tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ dvīsu naṭṭhena ekaṃ sādiyantena samo bhavissati ubhinnampi santaruttaraparamatāya avaṭṭhānato. Yassa ekaṃyeva hoti aññena kenaci kāraṇena vinaṭṭhasesacīvarattā.
在五种衣失坏时,是指三衣、浴衣和僧祇支这五种衣失坏的时候。把“或于一种失坏”这句话变换说法之后,再连接起来理解。从那里“超过”,是指超出内衣和上衣之上。巴利
Pañcasu naṭṭhesūti ticīvaraṃ udakasāṭikā saṃkaccikāti imesu pañcasu cīvaresu naṭṭhesu. ‘‘Ekasmiṃ vā naṭṭhe’’ti vacanavipariṇāmaṃ katvā yojetabbaṃ. Tato uttarīti santaruttaraparamato uttari.
“剩下的部分我会再拿来”,意思是做成两件衣之后,“剩下的部分我会再拿来”。“剩下的部分就归你所有”,是对在布施时被这样说的人说的。但如果有人说了“剩下的部分我会再拿来”,把衣拿走之后,在离开时又说“剩下的部分就归你所有”,那就只是已经得到的、属于允许范围内的东西。不是因为被夺走或损坏而布施的,是指因为多闻等功德而布施。依照所说的方式,就是依照“在亲属已作净施的情况下向人请求时,以及在适当的时候向另一位在亲属已作净施的情况下为其利益而请求时”所说的方式。巴利
Sesakaṃ āharissāmīti dve cīvarāni katvā ‘‘sesakaṃ puna āharissāmī’’ti attho. Sesakaṃ tuyhaṃyeva hotūti vuttassāti dānasamaye evaṃ vuttassa. Sace pana ‘‘sesakaṃ āharissāmī’’ti vatvā gahetvā gamanasamayepi ‘‘sesakaṃ tuyhaṃyeva hotū’’ti vadanti, laddhakappiyameva. Na acchinnanaṭṭhakāraṇā dinnanti bāhusaccādiguṇavasena dinnaṃ. Vuttanayenāti ‘‘ñātakappavārite vā viññāpentassa, samaye ca aññassa vā ñātakappavārite tassevatthāya viññāpentassa’’ti vuttanayena.
第八、第一预备学处的解释巴利
8. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
这里“然而指定比丘”中的“然而”只是个语气助词,“指定”这个词也一样。所以说“为某某名者”等等。“指定”是说出来了、或者“针对”的意思。“非亲属的居士”就是非亲属居士的意思。这里的属格其实是表工具格的意义。不过在义注里这个意思很容易懂,所以没有多加讨论。“衣资具”是指用来交换、换取衣的钱物,是衣的本钱,这里的“那”字是增音,也有人读作“衣资具”。但因为它属于金钱之类的东西,所以就说“金钱等”。其中“金钱”指的是迦哈巴纳钱。“等”字包括了金等物品。“备置”就是已经准备好。这些资具为他们那样准备好了,所以说“备置就是已准备”。“收集而放”就是堆成一堆放着。还没做的让人做,已经做好的就买,所以说“让人做或购买的意思”。“我将披着”说的就是“我将穿着”。因此说“这是俗语说法”。“俗语说法”就是方便说法、随俗说法。巴利
Bhikkhuṃpaneva uddissāti ettha panāti nipātamattaṃ, tathā eva-saddopi. Tenāha ‘‘itthannāmassā’’tiādi. Apadisitvāti kathetvā, ārabbhāti vā attho. Aññātakassa gahapatissāti aññātakagahapatināti attho. Karaṇatthe hi idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana idaṃ suviññeyyanti na vicāritaṃ. Cīvaraṃ cetāpenti parivattenti etenāti cīvaracetāpannaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. 2.528-529), cīvaramūlaṃ, na-kāro panettha āgamo, ‘‘cīvaracetāpana’’ntipi paṭhanti. Taṃ pana yasmā hiraññādīsu aññataraṃ hoti, tasmā ‘‘hiraññādika’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha hiraññanti kahāpaṇo vuccati. Ādisaddena suvaṇṇādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Upakkhaṭanti upaṭṭhāpitaṃ. Taṃ upakkharaṇaṃ tesaṃ tathā sajjitanti āha ‘‘upakkhaṭaṃ hotīti sajjitaṃ hotī’’ti. Saṃharitvā ṭhapitanti rāsiṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ. Parivattanañca akatassa kārāpanaṃ, katassa kiṇananti āha ‘‘kāretvā vā kiṇitvā vāti attho’’ti. Acchādessāmīti pārupessāmīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ‘‘vohāravacanameta’’nti. Vohāravacananti ca upacāravacananti attho.
对于“Tatra ce so bhikkhū”这类句子,词与词之间怎么连接?所以接着就说“yatra so gahapati vā”等等。“先前未受邀”,是指先前没有说过“我要布施,尊者,您需要什么样的衣?我为您换取什么样的衣?”。“前往”,就是去了。在词义分析中,按照通常的说法说成“去家里”。这里“按照通常的说法”,就是按照大多数人的说法。因为大多数人想见家主时都会去他家,所以这就成了惯常的说法。“选择”,殊胜的做法就是选择,这里的“vi”这个词头就是殊胜的意思。因此说“殊胜作法”。这是用词义来解释。而“额外规定”则是用来说明意图。“然而如何犯彼”,是以什么方式犯那个选择。这是为了显示那个方式。巴利
‘‘Tatra ce so bhikkhū’’tiādīsu ko padasambandhoti āha ‘‘yatra so gahapati vā’’tiādi. Pubbe appavāritoti ‘‘dassāmi, kīdisena te, bhante, cīvarena attho, kīdisaṃ te cīvaraṃ cetāpemī’’ti pubbe avutto. Upasaṅkamitvāti gantvā. Padabhājane pacuravohāravasena ‘‘gharaṃ gantvā’’ti (pārā. 529) vuttaṃ. Ettha ca pacuravohāravasenāti yebhuyyavohāravasena. Yebhuyyena hi gharasāmikaṃ daṭṭhukāmā tassa gharaṃ gacchantīti tatheva bahulavohāro. Vikappanti visiṭṭho kappo vikappo, vi-saddo cettha visiṭṭhattho. Tenāha ‘‘visiṭṭhakappa’’nti. Iminā vacanatthamāha. ‘‘Adhikavidhāna’’nti iminā pana adhippāyatthaṃ. Yathā pana tamāpajjatīti yenākārena taṃ vikappaṃ āpajjati. Taṃ dassetunti taṃ ākāraṃ dassetuṃ.
“善哉”这个词,出现在表示接受、欢喜赞叹、美好、请求等场合。比如在“‘善哉,尊者!’那位比丘随喜、赞同世尊所说之后……”这类句子里(《中部》3.86),它是表示接受;在“善哉,善哉,舍利弗!”这类句子里(《长部》3.349;《中部》1.340),它是表示欢喜赞叹。巴利
‘‘Sādhū’’ti ayaṃ saddo sampaṭicchanasampahaṃsanasundarāyācanādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘sādhu, bhanteti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.86) sampaṭicchane dissati, ‘‘sādhu sādhu sāriputtā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.349; ma. ni. 1.340) sampahaṃsane.
这位国王乐于正法,真好;这个人有智慧,真好。
善哉,不欺朋友,以不作恶为乐等。巴利
‘‘Sādhu dhammaruci rājā, sādhu paññāṇavā naro; Sādhu mittānamaddubbho, pāpassākaraṇaṃ sukha’’ntiādīsu. (jā. 2.18.101) –
在“善哉,尊者世尊,请为我简要说法”这类表达中(《相应部》3.64-68),是请求的意思;这里也应看作请求。所以注释说“善哉一词是用于请求的语助词”。其中,“请求”指当面乞求,意思是希求。“在思量中是语助词”表示连接关系。“呼唤”就是招呼。“在长等之中”的“等”字,包含了广、短、中等各种形状。然而,并不是仅仅以这种方式发生就构成罪的首项,因此说“以彼之言”等。“在努力中”指在寻求经典等努力中。巴利
Sundare, ‘‘sādhu me, bhante bhagavā, saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetū’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.64-68) āyācane, idhāpi āyācaneyeva daṭṭhabboti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.189; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1 mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā; su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.115 aggikabhāradvājasuttavaṇṇanā; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 1.49) āha ‘‘sādhūtiāyācane nipāto’’ti. Tattha āyācaneti abhimukhaṃ yācane, abhipatthanāyanti attho. Parivitakke nipātoti sambandho. Ālapatīti āmanteti. Āyatādīsūti ettha ādisaddena vitthataappitasaṇhānaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Yasmā pana na imassa āpajjanamatteneva āpatti sīsaṃ eti, tasmā ‘‘tassa vacanenā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Payogeti suttapariyesanādipayoge.
想要把价值高的衣换成价值低的,意思是:想让人做一件价值二十的衣,却说“我不需要那个,给我价值十的或者价值八的吧”。像这样,就是指同样份额,用现在这句话来说就是与之相等。而且这只是从价值方面说的,不是从尺寸方面说的。因为这条学处讲的是价值增加。巴利
Mahagghaṃ cetāpetukāmaṃ appagghanti vīsatiagghanakaṃ cīvaraṃ cetāpetukāmaṃ ‘‘alaṃ mayhaṃ tena, dasaagghanakaṃ vā aṭṭhagghanakaṃ vā dehī’’ti vadantassāti attho. Evarūpanti evaṃ samabhāgaṃ, iminā samakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tañca kho agghavaseneva, na pamāṇavasena. Agghavaḍḍhanakañhi idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ.
9. 第二预备学处的注释巴利
9. Dutiyaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
为什么应当用这种方式来理解含义?所以他说“此实……”等。这里的“实”是表示原因的虚词。由于没有任何差别,所以他说“唯……”等。巴利
Kasmā iminā nayena attho veditabboti āha ‘‘idañhī’’tiādi. Hīti kāraṇatthe nipāto. Na koci visesoti āha ‘‘kevala’’ntiādi.
第十、国王学处的解释巴利
10. Rājasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
从国王那里得到的受用物,就是从国王那里得到的受用物。国王的受用物,就是国王的大臣。从国王那里得到的受用物,就是国王所给予的支配权。以这些等等,就是指用这些衣资买衣之后,把衣施给某位比丘,说的就是这个。来处清净,就是根本清净。如果确实以这种如法的方式派人送去,说把这给某位比丘便派人去,那位使者就去接近那位比丘,这样说:尊者,这是为具寿带来的衣资,请具寿接受衣资。那时,即使他拒绝了,被问到时也不允许向净人指示。因此说如果等等。缘于不净物,就是缘于金银等。以这样的使者之言,就是以请具寿接受衣资这样的使者之言。因此,正因为接受是不净的,所以说。金,就是生金。银,就是白银。以迦哈巴纳,就是金制的、银制的或普通的迦哈巴纳。摩沙迦,无论是铜摩沙迦、木摩沙迦或胶摩沙迦,无论在哪个国土、什么时候通行交易,乃至骨制的、皮制的、树果种子制的,已成形或未成形,在这里一切都应知为摩沙迦。而这里应当说的,我们将在银学处中说明。巴利
Rājatobhogganti rājato laddhabhoggaṃ. Rājabhoggoti rājāmatto. Rājato bhogoti raññā dinnaṃ issariyaṃ. Iminātiādīti ‘‘iminā cīvaracetāpannena cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarena acchādehī’’ti idaṃ. Āgamanasuddhinti mūlasuddhiṃ. Yadi hi iminā kappiyanīhārena apesetvā ‘‘idaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dehī’’ti peseyya, sopi dūto taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya ‘‘idaṃ kho, bhante, āyasmantaṃ uddissa cīvaracetāpannaṃ ābhataṃ, paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanna’’nti (pārā. 538), tadā paṭikkhipitvāpi kappiyakārakaṃ puṭṭhena taṃ niddisituṃ na vaṭṭati. Tenāha ‘‘sace hī’’tiādi. Akappiyavatthuṃ ārabbhāti hiraññādiṃ ārabbha. Īdisena dūtavacanenāti ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu āyasmā cīvaracetāpanna’’nti evarūpena dūtavacanena. Tasmāti yasmā sampaṭicchituṃ akappiyaṃ hoti, tasmā. Suvaṇṇanti jātarūpaṃ. Rajatanti rūpiyaṃ. Kahāpaṇenāti suvaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā pākatiko vā kahāpaṇo. Māsakoti lohamāsako vā hotu, dārumāsako vā hotu, jatumāsako vā hotu, yo yo yattha yattha janapade yadā yadā vohāraṃ gacchati, antamaso aṭṭhimayopi cammamayopi rukkhaphalabījamayopi samuṭṭhāpitarūpopi asamuṭṭhāpitarūpopi sabbo idha māsakoti veditabbo. Ettha ca yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ rūpiyasikkhāpade vakkhāma.
珍珠有八种,包括象牙所生等。具体来说,象齿、野猪牙、蛇头、云、竹、鱼头、螺、贝,这就是八种珍珠的来源。其中,由鱼、螺、贝所生的珍珠是海产的,由蛇所生的有些也是海产的,其余的则不是海产。不过,因为世间常见的多是海产珍珠,而海产珍珠中又以贝所生的为主,其余的只是偶尔出现,所以《破除迷惑》中说:“珍珠,就是海产珍珠。”宝石,是指除了琉璃等以外,乃至包括天然水晶在内,一切青、黄等各种颜色的宝石。不过,烧制而成的玻璃宝石只有一种,为了作钵等物品的价值而接受,是可以的。琉璃,就是名为竹色的宝石。螺,指吹奏用的螺,经过洗净、穿孔,并与宝混合;而饮水用的螺则不与宝混合制成,这种螺为了眼药等药物之用,或者为了物品价值而接受,是可以的。石,指经过洗净、穿孔、与宝相连的绿豆色石头。如果不与宝混合,为了磨刀石等用途而接受,是可以的。这里说的“与宝相连”,是指与金一起连接烧制而成。珊瑚,指无论洗净或未洗净的一切珊瑚。红宝石,就是红色宝石。摩沙罗伽罗,就是杂色宝石,也叫绿宝石。巴利
Muttāti hatthikumbhajādikā aṭṭhavidhā muttā. Tathā hi hatthikumbhaṃ varāhadāṭhaṃ, bhujaṅgasīsaṃ, valāhakaṃ, veḷu, macchasiro, saṅkho, sippīti aṭṭha muttāyoniyo. Tattha yā macchasaṅkhasippijātā, sā sāmuddikā, bhujaṅgajāpi kāci sāmuddikā hoti. Itarā asāmuddikā. Yasmā pana bahulaṃ sāmuddikāva muttā loke dissanti, tatthāpi sippijāva, itarā kadāci. Tasmā sammohavinodaniyaṃ ‘‘muttāti sāmuddikamuttā’’ti (vibha. aṭṭha. 172) vuttaṃ. Maṇīti ṭhapetvā veḷuriyādike antamaso jātiphalikaṃ upādāya sabbopi nīlapītādivaṇṇabhedo maṇīti veditabbo, pacitvā kato pana kācamaṇiyeveko pattādibhaṇḍamūlatthaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Veḷuriyo nāma vaṃsavaṇṇamaṇi. Saṅkhoti dhamanasaṅkho dhotaviddho ratanamisso, pānīyasaṅkho pana ratanāmissakato, so ca añjanādibhesajjatthāya, bhaṇḍamūlatthāya ca sampaṭicchituṃ vaṭṭati. Silāti dhotaviddhā ratanasaṃyuttā muggavaṇṇā silā. Ratanena pana amissā satthakanisānādiatthāya paṭiggaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Ettha ca ‘‘ratanasaṃyuttāti suvaṇṇena saddhiṃ yojetvā pacitvā katā’’ti vadanti. Pavāḷanti dhotampi adhotampi sabbaṃ pavāḷaṃ. Lohitaṅkoti rattamaṇi. Masāragallanti kabaramaṇi. Yaṃ ‘‘marakata’’ntipi vuccati.
“七种谷物”是指带糠的稻谷等七种谷物。不过,像稗子这类次要谷物,因为已经包含在以稻谷为首的根类谷物之中,所以说“七种谷物”。“婢女、男奴、田地、宅地、花园、果园等”里面,这里说的“婢女”,包括家生的、用钱买来的、俘虏来的、自愿投靠的等不同种类。“男奴”也一样。“田地”是指种早季作物的地方。“宅地”是指种晚季作物的地方。或者,两者都能种的地方叫田地;为了这个目的还没开垦的地块叫宅地。这里以田地和宅地为代表,池塘等也都包括在内了。雨季花等盛开的地方是花园,芒果等结果的地方是果园。不只是为了自己接受不允许,即使有人拿来金银,说“我把这个布施给僧团,或者请建园子,或者建塔,或者建食堂等其中某一项”,也不应该接受。因为《大筏疏》里说:“为任何他人而接受,都犯恶作。”因此说:“为塔、僧团、众、个人而接受,是不允许的。”巴利
Satta dhaññānīti sānulomāni sāliādīni satta dhaññāni. Nīvārādiupadhaññassa pana sāliādimūladhaññantogadhattā ‘‘satta dhaññānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Dāsidāsakhettavatthupupphārāmaphalārāmādayoti ettha dāsī nāma antojātadhanakkītakaramarānītappabhedā. Tathā dāso. Khettaṃ nāma yasmiṃ pubbaṇṇaṃ ruhati. Vatthu nāma yasmiṃ aparaṇṇaṃ ruhati. Yattha vā ubhayampi ruhati, taṃ khettaṃ. Tadatthāya akatabhūmibhāgo vatthu. Khettavatthusīsena cettha vāpitaḷākādīnipi saṅgahitāneva. Vassikādīnaṃ pupphanako pupphārāmo. Ambaphalādīnaṃ phalanako phalārāmo. Na kevalañca attanoyevatthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati, sacepi koci jātarūparajataṃ ānetvā ‘‘idaṃ saṅghassa dammi, ārāmaṃ vā karotha, cetiyaṃ vā bhojanasālādīnaṃ vā aññatara’’nti vadati, idampi sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Yassa kassaci hi aññassa atthāya sampaṭicchantassa dukkaṭaṃ hotī’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.538-539) mahāpaccariyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘cetiyasaṅghagaṇapuggalānaṃ vā atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭantī’’ti.
如果既不指明僧团、也不指明某个团体或个人,而只是说“我们把这份金银布施给塔、布施给精舍、布施给新建工程”,那就不应该拒绝。应当告诉净人:“他们是这样说的。”但如果对方说“你们拿去为塔等保管”,那就应该拒绝:“我们不能拿。”巴利
Sace pana saṅghaṃ vā gaṇaṃ vā puggalaṃ vā anāmasitvā ‘‘idaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ cetiyassa dema, vihārassa dema, navakammassa demā’’ti vadanti, paṭikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Ime idaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti kappiyakārakānaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. ‘‘Cetiyādīnaṃ atthāya tumhe gahetvā ṭhapethā’’ti vutte pana ‘‘amhākaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbaṃ.
“作事者”就是办事的人。不过在这里,一切办事的人都称为“作事者”,所以他说“净人”。“这位”是指背后说“在某条街、某户人家,名叫某某的人”。“其余的”也是指背后指示的人。“贤友,我需要衣”,这是用言语暗示的示例,这就是它们的关联。其中,“暗示的示例”就是用言语来暗示的例子。因此他说“如果”等等。也可以说,这些话应当这样说,这就是关联;或者说,这个意思可以用任何语言来表达,这就是关联。但“给我衣、拿衣给我、给我换衣、给我买衣”这些言语或其含义,用任何语言都不应说。因此说“给我……”等。“应成就”就是应完成;“如此为善”就是:这样通过最多三次暗示而完成那件衣,即是善、好、极为善妙。因此他说“这是好的”。巴利
Veyyāvaccakaroti kiccakaro. Idha pana sabbo kiccakarova ‘‘veyyāvaccakaro’’ti adhippetoti āha ‘‘kappiyakārako’’ti. Eso khoti ‘‘asukavīthiyaṃ asukaghare asukanāmo’’ti parammukhaṃ vadati. Itarampīti parammukhāniddiṭṭhampi. ‘‘Attho me, āvuso, cīvarenā’’ti etaṃ codanālakkhaṇanidassananti sambandho. Tattha codanālakkhaṇanidassananti vācāya codanālakkhaṇanidassanaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘sace hī’’tiādi. Idaṃ vā vacanaṃ vattabbanti sambandho. Etassa vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya vattabboti sambandho. ‘‘Dehi me cīvaraṃ, āhara me cīvaraṃ, parivattehi me cīvaraṃ, cetāpehi me cīvara’’nti etāni pana vacanāni etesaṃ vā attho yāya kāyaci bhāsāya na vattabbo. Tenāha ‘‘dehi me’’tiādi. Sādheyyāti nipphādeyya. Iccetaṃ kusalanti evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ codanena tassa cīvarassa yadetaṃ abhinipphādanaṃ, etaṃ kusalaṃ sādhu suṭṭhūti attho. Tenāha ‘‘etaṃ sundara’’nti.
“最多六次”就是有六次为限。这里是对“应当站立”这个动作的限定,意思是:最多只能站立六次。因此说“这是抽象的中性词”,意思是:在只表达“应当站立”这个动词根本含义时,用中性词形来表达。“不应坐”是说,即使有人说“尊者,请坐在这里”,也不应该坐下。“不应接受食物”是说,即使有人请求“尊者,请拿吧”,也不应该接受任何粥、硬食之类的食物。“不应说法”是说,即使有人请求“请说吉祥语或随喜”,也不应该说任何法。“破坏站立”就是破坏站立的状态。因为为了取衣而来的人,应当为此默然站立,不应该坐下等。如果做了那些,就破坏了站立。因此说“破坏了来此的因缘”。所谓“来此的因缘”就是指站立本身。因此,如果做了被禁止不应做的事——在坐等六种情形中做了任何一种,就破坏了这一处站立,这就是这里的意思。为此,应当默然站立最多六次。“不应做任何其他事”,这就是站立的特征。因此说“此”等。其中,“此”就是指“四次、五次,最多六次应为此默然站立”这段话。对此,有人说:“如果坐了等,就不能再取衣。”另有人说:“会失去两处站立。”还有人说:“会失去一处站立。”“两者都做”是指既暗示也站立。巴利
Chakkhattuṃ paramo paricchedo assāti chakkhattuparamaṃ. Idañhi ‘‘ṭhātabba’’nti imissā kiriyāya visesanaṃ, chakkhattuparamaṃ ṭhānaṃ kātabbanti attho. Tenāha ‘‘bhāvanapuṃsakavacanameta’’nti, etaṃ bhāve ṭhātabbanti vuttadhātvatthamatte sādhetabbe napuṃsakaliṅgavacananti attho. Na nisīditabbanti ‘‘idha, bhante, nisīdathā’’ti vuttepi na nisīditabbaṃ . Na āmisaṃ paṭiggahetabbanti yāgukhajjakādibhedaṃ kiñci āmisaṃ ‘‘gaṇhatha, bhante’’ti yāciyamānenāpi na gaṇhitabbaṃ. Na dhammo bhāsitabboti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.538-539) ‘‘maṅgalaṃ vā anumodanaṃ vā bhāsathā’’ti yāciyamānenāpi na kiñci bhāsitabbaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ bhañjatīti ṭhitiṃ vināseti. Ṭhatvā cīvaraṃ gahetuṃ āgatena hi taṃ uddissa tuṇhībhūtena ṭhātabbameva, na nisajjādikaṃ kātabbaṃ. Iminā pana taṃ katanti ṭhānaṃ vināsitaṃ hoti. Tenāha ‘‘āgatakāraṇaṃ vināsetī’’ti. ‘‘Āgatakāraṇaṃ nāma ṭhānameva, tasmā ‘na kātabba’nti vāritassa katattā nisajjādīsu katesu chasu ṭhānesu ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ bhañjatī’’ti (sārattha. ṭī. 2.537-539) ayamettha adhippāyo. Chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhībhūtena uddissa ṭhātabbaṃ. ‘‘Na aññaṃ kiñci kātabba’’nti hi idaṃ ṭhānalakkhaṇaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘ida’’ntiādi. Tattha idanti ‘‘catukkhattuṃ pañcakkhattuṃ, chakkhattuparamaṃ tuṇhībhūtena uddissa ṭhātabba’’nti vacanaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘nisīdanādimhi kate puna cīvaraṃ gahetuṃ na labhatī’’ti keci. ‘‘Dve ṭhānāni parihāyantī’’ti aññe. ‘‘Ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ parihāyatī’’ti apare. Ubhayaṃ karotīti codetipi tiṭṭhatipi.
“在某某处站立”这句话,是说举告者离开原来站的地方,为了衣而站在某某处,这才针对那个站立之处说的。“在此”,就是指在这两种举告之处。巴利
‘‘Tatra tatra ṭhāne tiṭṭhatī’’ti idaṃ codakassa ṭhitaṭṭhitaṭṭhānato apakkamma tatra tatra cīvaraṃ uddissa ṭhānaṃyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Etthāti etesu dvīsu codanāṭṭhānesu.
那么,是不是对一切净人都要这样处理呢?不是。因为净人简略来说有两种:已指定的和未指定的。其中,已指定的又分两种:由比丘指定的,和由使者指定的。未指定的也分两种:当面净人和非当面净人。在这些当中,由比丘指定的和由使者指定的,都按当面和非当面分成四种。巴利
Kiṃ pana sabbakappiyakārakesu (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.538-539; vi. saṅga. aṭṭha. 65) evaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti? Na paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Ayañhi kappiyakārako nāma saṅkhepato duvidho niddiṭṭho ca aniddiṭṭho ca. Tattha ca niddiṭṭho duvidho bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho, dūtena niddiṭṭhoti. Aniddiṭṭhopi duvidho mukhavevaṭikakappiyakārako, parammukhakappiyakārakoti. Tesu bhikkhunā niddiṭṭho sammukhāsammukhavasena catubbidho hoti, tathā dūtena niddiṭṭhopi.
怎么个情形呢?这里,有人为了给比丘置办衣料,派使者送去不该接受的东西。使者走到那位比丘跟前说:“尊者,某某人为了给您置办衣料,送来这个,请您收下。”比丘拒绝说:“这个不如法。”使者又问:“尊者,您有帮忙办事的人吗?”有些求福报的在家人吩咐“你们去为比丘们办事”,或者是比丘们认识、熟悉的某些办事人,其中有一个当时正坐在比丘身边,比丘就指着他说:“这个人是为比丘们办事的。”使者把不该接受的东西交到他手里,说“请为长老买衣料后给他”,然后就走了。这就是比丘当面指认的情形。巴利
Kathaṃ? Idhekacco bhikkhussa cīvaratthāya dūtena akappiyavatthuṃ pahiṇati, dūto ca taṃ bhikkhuṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, itthannāmena tumhākaṃ cīvaratthāya pahitaṃ, gaṇhatha na’’nti vadati. Bhikkhu ‘‘idaṃ na kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati. Dūto ‘‘atthi pana te, bhante, veyyāvaccakaro’’ti pucchati, puññatthikehi ca upāsakehi ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ karothā’’ti āṇattā vā bhikkhūnaṃ vā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā keci veyyāvaccakarā honti, tesaṃ aññataro tasmiṃ khaṇe bhikkhussa santike nisinno hoti, bhikkhu taṃ niddisati ‘‘ayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro’’ti . Dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dehī’’ti gacchati, ayaṃ bhikkhunā sammukhāniddiṭṭho.
如果比丘身边没有坐着人,而且比丘指定说:“在某某村里,有某某人,是比丘们的执事人。”于是那人前往那里,把不应之物交到那人手中,说“请为长老买衣后供养”,然后回来告诉比丘,再离开。这是比丘非当面指定的第一种情况。巴利
No ce bhikkhussa (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.537; vi. saṅga. aṭṭha. 65) santike nisinno hoti, apica kho bhikkhu niddisati ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma gāme itthannāmo bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro’’ti. So gantvā tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ kiṇitvā dadeyyāsī’’ti āgantvā bhikkhussa ārocetvā gacchati, ayameko bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.
那位使者并没有亲自回来报告,而是另外派人去说:尊者,我已经把衣资交到他手里了,请您取衣。这是比丘非当面指示的第二种。巴利
Na heva kho so dūto attanā āgantvā āroceti, apica kho aññaṃ pahiṇati ‘‘dinnaṃ mayā, bhante, tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ, cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti, ayaṃ dutiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭho.
他确实没有另派别人去,而是自己在临走时直接对比丘说:“我会把衣价交到他手里,你们从他那里取衣吧。”这就是第三种由比丘非当面指示的情况。这样一来,一种是由比丘当面指示,三种是由比丘非当面指示,这四种就叫做比丘所指示的办事人。在这些情况中,应当完全按照王学处里所说的方式来做。巴利
Na heva kho aññaṃ pahiṇati, apica kho gacchantova bhikkhuṃ vadati ‘‘ahaṃ tassa hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti, ayaṃ tatiyo bhikkhunā asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro bhikkhunā niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu imasmiṃ rājasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
另一位比丘,被使者按前面同样的方式询问时,或者因为确实没有净人,或者因为不想去找,就说:“我们没有净人。”就在那个时候,有个人走过来,使者把不净物交到他手里,说:“请从这个人手里拿衣。”然后就走了。这是使者当面指示的情况。巴利
Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito natthitāya vā avicāretukāmatāya vā ‘‘natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako’’ti vadati, tasmiñca khaṇe koci manusso āgacchati, dūto tassa hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘imassa hatthato cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti vatvā gacchati, ayaṃ dūtena sammukhāniddiṭṭho.
另一位使者进入村落,把不净物交给自己中意的某个人手上,然后像前面那样回来报告,或者另派一个人去,或者这样说:“我要把衣价交给那位名叫某某的人,请你们从他那里取衣。”说完就走。这是第三种由使者非当面指示的情况。这样一来,一种是由使者当面指示,三种是由使者非当面指示,这四种就叫作由使者指示的执事人。对这些情况,应当依照绵达咖学处中所说的来做。巴利
Aparo dūto gāmaṃ pavisitvā attanā abhirucitassa kassaci hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā purimanayeneva āgantvā vā āroceti, aññaṃ vā pahiṇati, ‘‘ahaṃ asukassa nāma hatthe cīvaracetāpannaṃ dassāmi, tumhe cīvaraṃ gaṇheyyāthā’’ti vatvā vā gacchati, ayaṃ tatiyo dūtena asammukhāniddiṭṭhoti evaṃ eko sammukhāniddiṭṭho, tayo asammukhāniddiṭṭhāti ime cattāro dūtena niddiṭṭhaveyyāvaccakarā nāma. Etesu meṇḍakasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
比丘们,有些人是具足信心、心怀净信的,他们把金银交到净人手里,说:用这个给尊者换如法的物品吧。比丘们,我允许接受由此得来的如法物品。但比丘们,无论通过什么方式,我都说金银不可以被接受,也不可以被寻求。巴利
‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, manussā saddhā pasannā, te kappiyakārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti ‘iminā ayyassa yaṃ kappiyaṃ, taṃ dethā’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ tato kappiyaṃ, taṃ sādituṃ, na tvevāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabbanti vadāmī’’ti (mahāva. 299).
在这里,劝请没有次数限制。还没有亲自接受金银的人,即使被劝请上千次,或者通过指定的方式,也可以接受如法的物品。如果对方不给,就可以另外安排一个净人,让他去取来。如果愿意,也可以告诉原来的施主。如果不愿意,就不应该告诉。巴利
Ettha ca codanāya parimāṇaṃ natthi. Mūlaṃ asādiyantena sahassakkhattumpi codanāya vā ṭhānena vā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ sādituṃ vaṭṭati. No ce deti, aññaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetvāpi āharāpetabbaṃ. Sace icchati, mūlasāmikānampi kathetabbaṃ. No ce icchati, na kathetabbaṃ.
另一位比丘同样被使者按先前的方式询问时,说道:“我们没有净人。”这时另一个人站在旁边听到了,就说:“贤者,拿来吧,我替尊者买衣之后会给他。”使者说:“好吧,贤者,请给吧。”就把东西交到他手里,没有告诉那位比丘就走了。这就是口头净人。巴利
Aparo bhikkhu purimanayeneva dūtena pucchito ‘‘natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako’’ti vadati, tadañño samīpe ṭhito sutvā ‘‘āhara, bho, ahaṃ ayyassa cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā dassāmī’’ti vadati. Dūto ‘‘handa, bho, dadeyyāsī’’ti tassa hatthe datvā bhikkhussa anārocetvāva gacchati, ayaṃ mukhavevaṭikakappiyakārako.
还有一种情况:把不合适的物品交给比丘的侍者或其他人,说“请把衣给长老”,然后就离开了。这叫做“他人口头净人”。这两种合称为“未指定净人”。处理这两种情况时,应当像对待非亲里、未受邀请者那样来做。巴利
Aparo (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.538-539; vi. saṅga. aṭṭha. 65) bhikkhuno upaṭṭhākassa vā aññassa vā hatthe akappiyavatthuṃ datvā ‘‘therassa cīvaraṃ dadeyyāsī’’ti ettova pakkamati, ayaṃ parammukhakappiyakārakoti ime dve aniddiṭṭhakappiyakārakā nāma. Etesu aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ.
如果施主自己把衣拿来布施,就应该接受。如果他不给,就什么也不该对他说。所以论中说“如果”等语。所谓“净作人”,是指从当面和不当面两种情形来说,共有四种净作人。“施主自己”这句话,是在拒绝比丘本人,而不是拒绝使者。因此,即使是由使者指定的,也允许随自己的意愿去劝诫。开口自己承担做净作人的事,就是口头自愿净作人。“如是”,是指用“此即”等前面所说的方式。意思是:已经简要地显示出来了。巴利
Sace sayameva cīvaraṃ ānetvā denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce, na kiñci vattabbā. Tenāha ‘‘sace’’tiādi. Kappiyakāraketi sammukhāsammukhavasena cattāro kappiyakāraketi attho. ‘‘Dāyako sayamevā’’ti iminā bhikkhuṃ paṭikkhipati, na dūtaṃ. Tasmā dūtena niddiṭṭhopi yathāruci codetuṃ vaṭṭati. Mukhaṃ vivaritvā sayameva kappiyakārakattaṃ upagatoti mukhavevaṭikakappiyakārako. Evanti ‘‘eso kho’’tiādinā yathāvuttena ākārena. Dassitā honti saṅkhepatoti adhippāyo.
“所说呵责处量”是指:从所说呵责的量和所说处的量两方面来说。“近”就是靠近、邻近。对于“于此”这个说法,这里怎么能得出这个意思呢?所以他说:“这确实是表近义的依处格。”这段话的意思是:就像“牛群在恒河里走”“井边有鹤”等例子一样,因为这里的第七格词是用于表示近处的依止处,所以能得出这个意思。“像这样不做”:是指自己不前去,也不派使者去。巴利
Vuttacodanāṭṭhānaparimāṇatoti vuttacodanāparimāṇato ca vuttaṭṭhānaparimāṇato ca. Santikanti samīpaṃ. Tatthāti ettha kathamayamattho labbhatīti āha ‘‘samīpatthe hi idaṃ bhummavacana’’nti . Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘gaṅgāyaṃ goyūthāni caranti, kūpe gaggakūla’’ntiādīsu viya yasmā samīpādhāre idaṃ sattamīvibhattivacanaṃ, tasmā ayamattho labbhatīti. Evaṃ akarontoti sāmaṃ vā agacchanto, dūtaṃ vā apāhento.
尊者,今天请在我这里停留一天,也就是请接受邀请的意思。三条波逸提:在超量呵责的情况下,依照超量想、疑惑、不足想而分别构成三条波逸提。即使以三次呵责换得六次停留,或以不足三次呵责换得不足六次停留,也不犯戒。已被劝服:就是已被确立,也就是以“我已使他信服”等语所说的意思。巴利
Ajjaṇho, bhante, āgamehīti, bhante, ajja ekadivasaṃ amhākaṃ tiṭṭha, adhivāsehīti attho. Tikapācittiyanti atirekesu codanāṭṭhānesu atirekasaññivematikaūnakasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyāni. Tikkhattuṃ codanāya chakkhattuṃ ṭhānena, ūnakatikkhattuṃ codanāya ūnakacchakkhattuṃ ṭhānena laddhepi anāpatti. Appitatāti patiṭṭhāpitatā, ‘‘saññatto so mayā’’tiādinā (pārā. 538) kathitatāti vuttaṃ hoti.
2. 山羊毛品巴利
2. Eḷakalomavaggo
1. 拘舍耶学处解释巴利
1. Kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
蚕丝混是指:那些被称为制茧者的虫类,从它们的茧里生出的丝叫蚕丝,和这种丝混合,就叫蚕丝混。不过,即使只和一点点蚕丝混合,也仍然是蚕丝混,不能说这就不算数了。所以经文说即使一根等等。蚕丝线是指从虫茧里生出的线。乃至等说法,是因为这条学处是无心学处而说的。铺具是指铺展开来做成的东西,不是织成的。因此说在平坦地面上等等。依照这句话是指依照这第一种铺具的舍弃规定。一切铺具是指一切铺具的舍弃规定。巴利
Kosiyamissakanti ‘‘kosakārakā’’ti laddhavohārānaṃ pāṇakānaṃ kosato nibbattaṃ aṃsu kosiyaṃ, tena missaṃ kosiyamissakaṃ. Tena pana kosiyena appakenāpi missitaṃ kosiyamissakameva, na idaṃ abbohārikanti vattuṃ labbhā. Tenāha ‘‘ekenāpī’’tiādi. Kosiyaṃsunāti kimikosasambhavena aṃsunā. ‘‘Antamaso’’tiādikaṃ pana imassa sikkhāpadassa acittakattā vuttaṃ. Santhataṃ nāma santharitvā kataṃ avāyimaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘same bhūmibhāge’’tiādi. Imasseva vacanassa anusārenāti imasseva paṭhamasanthatassa nissajjanavidhānavacanānusārena. Sabbasanthatanti sabbasanthatanissajjanavidhānaṃ.
因为为他人利益而让人制作而犯恶作,所以从为自己而让人制作的角度说为“有教令”。依自己未完成而由他人完成的方式来说,就是“自己未完成、自己完成,舍堕。自己未完成、他人完成,舍堕。他人未完成、自己完成,舍堕。他人未完成、他人完成,舍堕”,依照这个方式。“作天盖等”:指作天盖、地敷、麻布、围墙、拱门。就像作天盖等一样,以那种方式受用时也无犯。因为说了“非织成”,所以即使是织成而作也无犯。巴利
Aññassatthāya kārāpane dukkaṭattā attano atthāya kārāpanavasena ‘‘sāṇattika’’nti vuttaṃ. Attanā vippakatapariyosāpananayenāti ‘‘attanā vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Attanā vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Parehi vippakataṃ attanā pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Parehi vippakataṃ parehi pariyosāpeti, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti (pārā. 545) iminā nayena. Vitānādikaraṇeti vitānabhūmattharaṇasāṇipākārabhisibibbohanakaraṇe. Yathā ca vitānādikaraṇe, evaṃ tenākārena paribhogepi anāpatti. ‘‘Avāyima’’nti (pārā. 544) vuttattā vāyitvā karontassāpi anāpatti.
纯黑学处注释巴利
2. Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
关于“黑色”:从本性来说,或者从染料来说,都属于黑色。正如所说的:“所谓黑色,有两种:一种是天生就黑,一种是染成黑色。” “不与其他混合”:意思是不与其他东西混合的纯黑色。正如在第一(学处)中已经说过“即使一根蚕丝线”,这里也没有说“即使不与一根其他混合”,因此,即使混有其他,但在受用中显不出形相者,也称作“纯黑”。巴利
Kāḷakānanti sabhāvena vā rajanena vā kāḷakānaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘kāḷakaṃ nāma dve kāḷakāni jātiyā kāḷakaṃ vā rajanakāḷakaṃ vā’’ti. Aññehi amissitānanti aññehi amissitakāḷakānanti attho. ‘‘Yathā paṭhame ‘ekenāpi kosiyaṃsunā’ti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ, tathā idhāpi ‘ekenāpi aññena amissetvā’ti avuttattā aññena pana missakabhogepi apaññāyamānarūpakaṃ ce ‘suddhakāḷaka’micceva vuccatī’’ti (vajira. ṭī. pārājika 547) vadanti.
在这里,应当了解以“尊者,这是我用纯黑羊毛做的敷具”等经文(《波罗夷》549)所说明的舍弃方法。“其余”则指前行恶作、四波逸提等。不过在诸支分中,“纯黑性”是这里的差别所在。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ santhata’’ntiādinā (pārā. 549) nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesanti pubbapayogadukkaṭacatukkapācittiyādikaṃ. Aṅgesu pana ‘‘suddhakāḷakabhāvo’’ti ayaṃ viseso.
3. 二分学处解释巴利
3. Dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
应当这样取:要让黑色不超过限量。这里除了黑色和白色,其余的都归入杂色类。应当看到,这里说的“两分”是黑色的最高限度,因为这条学处制定出来,就是为了禁止取用过多的黑色。所以,黑色不能超过两分,少于两分则可以。因此才说“即使一根”等等。“即使一根黑毛超出”,意思是:用秤称好后放着,哪怕只是被风吹来的一根黑毛,只要有多出来的情况,就是这个意思。“第三分白色,第四分杂色”,这是最低限度,因为对这两种颜色并没有禁止多取。所以,它们超过所说的分量也可以。巴利
Gahetabbāti yathā kāḷakā adhikā na honti, tathā gahetabbā. Ṭhapetvā cettha kāḷakaodāte avasesā gocariyesuyeva saṅgahaṃ gacchantīti (sārattha. ṭī. 2.552) daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha ca dve bhāgāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo kāḷakānaṃ adhikaggahaṇassa paṭikkhepavasena sikkhāpadassa paññattattā. Tasmā kāḷakānaṃ bhāgadvayato adhikaṃ na vaṭṭati, ūnakaṃ vaṭṭati. Tenāha ‘‘ekassāpī’’tiādi. Ekassāpi kāḷakalomassa atirekabhāveti tulāya dhārayitvā ṭhapitesu antamaso vātavegenapi pahitassa ekassāpi kāḷakalomassa adhikabhāve satīti attho. ‘‘Tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ, catutthaṃ gocariyāna’’nti idaṃ pana heṭṭhimaparicchedo tesaṃ adhikaggahaṇe paṭikkhepābhāvato. Tasmā tesaṃ vuttappamāṇato adhikampi vaṭṭati.
这里应当依照这样的方式理解舍堕的做法:“尊者,这个敷具,我没有取两秤纯黑羊毛,而是取了一秤白色、一秤杂色,让人做成敷具,这应当舍。”(波罗夷554)按照所说的限量取了来做,和没有按照限量取来做,由此就有“做”和“没做”的区别。“其余”是指:前方便恶作、四波逸提等。但这里的差别是:取一秤白色、一秤杂色来做,取更多白色、更多杂色来做,取纯白色、纯杂色来做,都没有罪。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, santhataṃ anādiyitvā dve tule suddhakāḷakānaṃ eḷakalomānaṃ, tulaṃ odātānaṃ, tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ santhataṃ kārāpitaṃ nissaggiya’’nti (pārā. 554) iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ādāya ca vuttaparicchedena anādāya ca karaṇato kiriyākiriyaṃ. Sesanti pubbapayogadukkaṭacatukkapācittiyādikaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tulaṃ odātānaṃ tulaṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karaṇe, bahutaraṃ odātānaṃ bahutaraṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karaṇe , suddhaṃ odātānaṃ suddhaṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karaṇe ca anāpattīti.
在这些支分当中,应当知道第一支分是黑色羊毛超过两分。这三种并不是只在没有舍离的情况下才不能受用,所以经文说“然而这些……”等等。通过“不能受用”这句话,显示如果受用,就犯恶作。巴利
Aṅgesu pana paṭhamaṅgaṃ kāḷakānaṃ dvebhāgato atirekabhāvoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Imāni tīṇi na kevalaṃ anissaṭṭhāneva paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭantīti āha ‘‘imāni panā’’tiādi. ‘‘Paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭantī’’ti iminā yadi paribhuñjati, dukkaṭanti dasseti.
4. 六年学处解释巴利
4. Chabbassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“给予敷具许可”这句话是关联语。所谓“病比丘”,是指如果没有敷具就不舒服、又不能带着敷具离开的那种病比丘。“给予敷具许可”,就是通过白二羯磨的方式给予敷具许可,也就是像“尊者们,请僧团听我说,这位某某比丘生病了,不能带着敷具离开……”(波罗夷560)等在分别文中所说的羯磨语那样。巴利
Yaṃ santhatasammutiṃ detīti sambandho. Gilānassa bhikkhunoti yassa vinā santhatā na phāsu hoti, na sakkoti ca santhataṃ ādāya pakkamituṃ, evaṃbhūtassa gilānassa bhikkhuno. Santhatasammutiṃ detīti ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu gilāno na sakkoti santhataṃ ādāya pakkamitu’’ntiādinā (pārā. 560) padabhājane vuttāya ñattidutiyakammavācāya santhatasammutiṃ deti.
“敷具许可”这件事:病好了以后又复发,意思是说,那个病平复之后又再发作,那么即使年年继续用也可以,不需要再重新做一次许可的手续。不只是同一种病复发时可以这样,就算是别的病发作,也可以在所到之处年年继续用。正因如此,《一切欢喜》里说:“如果病好了以后,又因为原来的病而生病,那就还是同样的护养,不需要另外再做许可的事”,普萨提瓦长老是这样说的。不过伍巴提萨长老说:“不管那个病复发,还是得了别的病,一旦得到‘病者’这个名义,就已经得到了,不需要再做许可的事。”(波罗夷义注2.557)伍巴提萨长老的说法在后面才提到。巴利
Sāti santhatasammuti. Vūpasanto vā puna kuppatīti vūpasanto vā so ābādho puna kuppati, anuvassampi kātuṃ vaṭṭati, puna sammutidānakiccaṃ natthīti adhippāyo. Na kevalaṃ tasmiṃyeva roge kuppite, atha kho aññasmiṃ roge kuppitepi gatagataṭṭhāne anuvassaṃ kātuṃ labhati. Teneva hi samantapāsādikāyaṃ ‘‘sace arogo hutvā puna mūlabyādhināva gilāno hoti , soyeva parihāro, natthaññaṃ ‘sammutikicca’nti phussadevatthero āha. Upatissatthero pana so vā byādhi paṭikuppatu, añño vā, sakiṃ ‘gilāno’ti nāmaṃ laddhaṃ laddhameva, puna ‘sammutikiccaṃ natthī’ti āhā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.557) upatissattheravādo pacchā vutto.
这里,应当依照“尊者,这张敷具是我让人做的,还不满六年,如果没有得到僧团的认可,就是舍堕”这种方式来理解舍堕的规定。“其余与第一条相同”这句话,已经指出了“自己做的由别人来完成”等情形。不过,这里的差别是:满六年或超过六年,就没有犯。在构成条件方面,六年之内则各有不同。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, santhataṃ ūnakachabbassāni kārāpitaṃ aññatra bhikkhusammutiyā nissaggiya’’nti (pārā. 562) iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Sesaṃ paṭhamasadisamevā’’ti iminā ‘‘attanā kataṃ parehi pariyosāpetī’’tiādikaṃ atidiṭṭhaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – paripuṇṇe chabbasse vā atirekachabbasse vā anāpatti. Aṅgesu ca chabbassānaṃ antobhāvo nānāttaṃ.
第7章 坐具学处的解释巴利
5. Nisīdanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
关于“坐具敷具”:在词句分析中说“所谓坐具,是指有边的东西”,所以这里指的是有边的敷具。在这里提到“坐具”,是为了防止把敷具当成衣服来想,因为那些比丘曾把它当作毛毯衣想而丢弃敷具,转而受持头陀支。由于敷具是用于坐卧的,所以说“旧敷具名为……”等。“于其中”,是指在那个敷具中。“一张手”,是指善逝的一张手。这也是最高限度,因为词句分析中说“无犯:得不到时,取稍少一些来做”。“一部分”,是指现在要做的新敷具的一部分。“拆散”,就是破坏。“不取”,这里省略了ya这个音节,是一种简略表达,所以解释说“有旧敷具而不取”。巴利
Nisīdanasanthatanti ‘‘nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti ettha padabhājaniyaṃ (pārā. 568) vuttattā sadasaṃ santhataṃ, ettha ca nisīdanaggahaṇaṃ santhate cīvarasaññānivāraṇatthaṃ, yato te bhikkhū kambalacīvarasaññāya santhataṃ chaḍḍetvā dhutaṅgāni samādiyiṃsu. Sayanāsanappayojanattā santhatassa ‘‘purāṇasanthataṃ nāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yatthāti yasmiṃ santhate. Vidatthimattanti sugatavidatthimattaṃ. Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo cāyaṃ ‘‘anāpatti alabhanto thokataraṃ ādiyitvā karotī’’ti (pārā. 570) padabhājane vuttattā. Ekadeseti idāni kattabbanavasanthatassa ekappadese. Vijaṭetvāti viddhaṃsetvā. Anādāti ya-kāralopenāyaṃ niddesoti āha ‘‘sati purāṇasanthate aggahetvā’’ti.
在这里,应当依照“尊者,我没有拿旧坐具周围善逝一张手那么长的地方,就叫人做成了这张坐具,这属于舍堕”这种方式,来理解舍堕的规定。关于“在丢弃坐具这件事上制定学处”:世尊看到坐具被到处丢弃,心想“信众布施的东西被糟蹋,这是没有道理的,我要给他们指出受用的方法”,于是在丢弃坐具这件事上制定了学处。由于这个学处涉及做与不做的情况,所以说“其余部分和第三条一样”,意思是和那条分两部分讲的学处相同。但这里有一个差别:如果拿了旧坐具周围善逝一张手那么长的地方来做,不得罪;如果得不到那么多,只拿了比一张手少一点的地方来做,也不得罪;如果完全得不到,一点都没拿就做,也不得罪。至于构成犯戒的条件,这里应当把“没有拿旧坐具周围善逝一张手那么长的地方”看作第一个条件。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, nisīdanasanthataṃ anādiyitvā purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ kārāpitaṃ nissaggiya’’nti (pārā. 568) iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Santhatavissajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattanti bhagavatā santhatāni vippakiṇṇāni disvā ‘‘saddhādeyyavinipātane kāraṇaṃ natthi, paribhogupāyaṃ nesaṃ dassessāmī’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.566) santhatavissajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ. Kiriyākiriyattā imassa sikkhāpadassa ‘‘sesaṃ tatiyasadisamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, dvebhāgasikkhāpadasadisamevāti attho. Ayaṃ pana viseso – purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiyā ādāya karaṇe, alabhantassa thokataraṃ ādāya karaṇe, sabbathā alabhantassa anādāya karaṇe ca anāpattīti. Aṅgesu panettha paṭhamaṅgapurāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthianādiyanāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
6. 羊毛学处注释巴利
6. Eḷakalomasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“行于旅途道路者”:旅途本身就是道路,所以叫旅途道路;意思是行于那条旅途道路的人。因此说“以旅途之名”等等。不过,因为是用“旅途”这个词来限定,所以又说“长路”。在分析旅途行走的时间时,根据“我想走半由旬,应当吃”等说法,半由旬也是旅途道路。这些羊毛如果是在旅途道路以外的地方得到的,就不允许接受;因为说了“行于旅途道路者”等话,针对这个疑问,所以说“凡此一切”等等。其中,“凡此一切”指的是“若比丘行于旅途道路时,有羊毛出现”等这一整段。“只是显示事缘本身”:只是显示“那时,某位比丘在憍萨罗国前往舍卫城的途中,有羊毛出现”等事缘本身。“于任何处”:在旅途以外任何地方。“亲手”:这是从格用于作格意义的说法,所以说“以亲手”。这也是一种特征性的表述,因此应理解为用身体的任何部分。所以说“应由自己携带的意思”。“没有携带者时”:由于词语内部含有限定,所以得到限定的意思,因此说“只有在没有时”等等。巴利
Addhānamaggappaṭipannassāti addhānameva maggo addhānamaggo, taṃ paṭipannassāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘addhānasaṅkhāta’’ntiādi. Addhānasaddena visesitattā pana ‘‘dīghamagga’’nti vuttaṃ. Addhānagamanasamayassa vibhaṅge ‘‘addhayojanaṃ gacchissāmīti bhuñjitabba’’ntiādivacanato (pāci. 218) addhayojanampi addhānamaggo hoti. Eḷakalomāni cetāni addhānamaggato aññattha uppannāni paṭiggahetuṃ na vaṭṭanti, yato ‘‘addhānamaggappaṭipannassā’’tiādikaṃ vuttanti anuyogaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘sabbañceta’’ntiādi. Tattha sabbañcetanti ‘‘bhikkhuno paneva addhānamaggappaṭipannassa eḷakalomāni uppajjeyyu’’ntiādikaṃ etaṃ sabbaṃ. Vatthumattadīpanamevāti ‘‘tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno kosalesu janapade sāvatthiṃ gacchantassa antarāmagge eḷakalomāni uppajjiṃsū’’tiādikassa (pārā. 571) vatthumattassa dīpanameva. Yattha katthacīti addhānato aññatthāpi yattha katthaci ṭhānesu. Sahatthāti karaṇatthe nissakkavacananti āha ‘‘sahatthenā’’ti. Lakkhaṇavacanañcetaṃ, tasmā yena kenaci sarīrāvayavenāti attho daṭṭhabbo. Tenāha ‘‘attanā haritabbānīti attho’’ti. Asante hāraketi ettha padānaṃ antogadhāvadhāraṇato avadhāraṇattho labbhatīti āha ‘‘asanteyevā’’tiādi.
这里还要知道舍堕的方式,就像经文里说:“尊者,这些羊毛我带着走过了三由旬,应当舍掉。”等等。所谓“三波逸提”,是指超过三由旬时,按照“超过三由旬想”“疑”“不足三由旬想”这三种情况,分别构成三种波逸提。如果是为了住下来而前往某处,到了那里之后,因为得不到诵经、问法等的机会,或者得不到生活资具等,于是又从那里带到别处,再从那里带到另一个地方——这样即使带着走过一百由旬,也没有犯戒。所谓“被夺走或已舍”,“已作物品”是指已制成的物品,如毛毯、毡子、坐卧具等任何物品,乃至仅以线系缚者。因此说“乃至”等。然而,若有人把羊毛放入薄钵袋内,或放入轭、肩带、腰带等之间,或放入毕钵罗果等之间为了防尘,或放入贝片内,乃至因风病而放入耳孔中,带着走,仍然犯罪。若以线系缚后放入,则停留在“已作物品”的位置;若编成辫子带着走,这叫做“存放口”,仍然犯罪。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘imāni me, bhante, eḷakalomāni tiyojanaṃ atikkāmitāni nissaggiyānī’’tiādinā (pārā. 573) nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tikapācittiyanti atirekatiyojane atirekatiyojanasaññivematikaūnakasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyāni. Vāsādhippāyena gantvā tato paraṃ haraṇeti yattha gato, tattha uddesaparipucchādīnaṃ vā paccayādīnaṃ vā alābhena tato paraṃ aññattha haraṇe, tatopi aññatthāti evaṃ yojanasatampi haraṇe anāpatti. Acchinnaṃ vā nissaṭṭhaṃ vāti corehi acchinnaṃ vā vinayakammakataṃ vā. Katabhaṇḍanti kataṃ bhaṇḍaṃ kambalakojavasanthatādi yaṃ kiñci antamaso suttakena baddhamattampi. Tenāha ‘‘antamaso’’tiādi. Yo pana tanukapattatthavikantare (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.575) vā āyogaaṃsabaddhakakāyabandhanādīnaṃ antaresu vā pipphalikādīnaṃ malarakkhaṇatthaṃ sipāṭikāyaṃ vā antamaso vātābādhiko kaṇṇacchiddepi lomāni pakkhipitvā gacchati , āpattiyeva. Suttakena pana bandhitvā pakkhittaṃ katabhaṇḍaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, veṇiṃ katvā harati, idaṃ nidhānamukhaṃ nāma, āpattiyeva.
“最初获得”是指为了自己而第一次得到羊毛。这就排除了被抢夺的和已经舍掉之后又得到的。“放进不知情者的车里”:在车等正在行走时,或者在大象背上等地方,物主不知情,心里想着“他会带走”,就放了进去。对于不走的车等,也是同样的处理方式。但如果车等不走,或者放在象背等上面之后,自己登上去驱赶,或者在下面走着催促,或者呼唤着让它跟上来,按照“令他人带走”的说法,不犯戒。这里,通过“不知情者的车里”这句话,显示如果放进知情者的车里,则称为令他人带走。“不携带不取回”:没有携带,也没有取回。巴利
Paṭhamappaṭilābhoti attano atthāya eḷakalomānaṃ paṭhamuppatti. Etena acchinnanissaṭṭhappaṭiladdhānaṃ paṭikkhepo. Aññassa ajānantassa yāne pakkhipitvāti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.572) gacchante rathādike vā hatthipiṭṭhiādīsu vā sāmikassa ajānantasseva ‘‘harissatī’’ti pakkhipitvā. Agacchantepi eseva nayo. Sace pana agacchante rathādimhi vā hatthipiṭṭhiādīsu vā ṭhapetvā ārohitvā sāreti, heṭṭhā vā gacchanto codeti, pakkosanto vā anubandhāpeti, ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti (pārā. 575) vacanato anāpatti. Ettha ca ‘‘ajānantassa yāne’’ti iminā jānantassa ce yāne pakkhipati, aññaṃ harāpeti nāmāti dasseti. Aharaṇapaccāharaṇanti haraṇapaccāharaṇānamabhāvo.
7. 羊毛洗涤学处注释巴利
7. Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在释迦人中:因为“诸位贤者,这些王子确实是释迦族啊”这一感叹语,而获得“释迦”之名的住处,即使只是一个国土,也依惯用语被称为“释迦”,所以就是在那个释迦国土中。所谓“六群”,是指以般度迦、卢希德迦等为首的六位根本师,以及他们的弟子。巴利
Sakkesūti ‘‘sakyā vata, bho kumārā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.267) udānaṃ paṭicca ‘‘sakyā’’ti laddhanāmānaṃ nivāso ekopi janapado ruḷhisaddena ‘‘sakkā’’ti vuccati, tasmiṃ sakkesu janapade. Chabbaggiyā nāma paṇḍukalohitakādayo chamūlakā, tesaṃ sissā ca.
8. 金学处解释巴利
8. Jātarūpasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
这里所说的“银”,并不只是指白银,而是指任何可以用来流通交易的东西,比如迦哈巴纳钱币等等,这些才是这里所指的,所以经文接着说“又”等等。其中,“迦哈巴纳”是指金制的、银制的,或者普通的钱币。“铜摩沙迦”是指用红铜等制成的摩沙迦。“木摩沙迦”是指用坚硬的木头、竹片,甚至用贝叶切割成形状而制成的摩沙迦。“胶摩沙迦”是指用紫胶或树脂等塑出形状而制成的摩沙迦。而通过“凡可流通者”这句话,就涵盖了在各个地方、各个时候可以流通的一切东西,甚至骨制的、皮制的、树果种子制的,无论已经塑成形状还是没塑成形状的,全都包括在内。所谓“即彼”,就是指生金和白银。“希拉尼亚”就是指迦哈巴纳。巴利
Rajatanti na kevalaṃ rūpiyameva idhādhippetaṃ, atha kho yaṃ kiñci vohāragamanīyaṃ kahāpaṇādi ca etaṃ adhippetanti āha ‘‘apicā’’tiādi. Tattha kahāpaṇoti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.583-584) suvaṇṇamayo vā rūpiyamayo vā pākatiko vā. Lohamāsako nāma tambalohādīhi katamāsako. Dārumāsako nāma sāradārunā vā veḷupesikāya vā antamaso tālapaṇṇenapi rūpaṃ chinditvā katamāsako. Jatumāsako nāma lākhāya vā niyyāsena vā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā katamāsako. ‘‘Ye vohāraṃ gacchantī’’ti iminā pana padena yo yo yattha yattha janapade yadā yadā vohāraṃ gacchati, antamaso aṭṭhimayopi cammamayopi rukkhaphalabījamayopi samuṭṭhāpitarūpopi asamuṭṭhāpitarūpopi sabbo saṅgahito. Tadevāti jātarūparajatameva. Hiraññaṃ nāma kahāpaṇo.
“接受”这个说法,就是在说明“想要拿取”的意思。不只是通过身和语拒绝才算拒绝,哪怕只是心里拒绝,也同样算拒绝,所以说“通过身和语”等等。但如果一个人没有通过身和语拒绝,心里却默许了,那么因为该做的身语拒绝没有做,就以不作为的方式,在身门和语门犯戒。而在意门,是不存在犯戒的。巴利
‘‘Sādiyatī’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘gaṇhitukāmo hotī’’ti. Na kevalaṃ kāyavācāhi paṭikkhittameva paṭikkhittaṃ hoti, atha kho manasāpi paṭikkhittaṃ paṭikkhittameva hotīti āha ‘‘kāyavācāhī’’tiādi. Sace pana kāyavācāhi appaṭikkhipitvā cittena adhivāseti, kāyavācāhi kattabbassa paṭikkhepassa akaraṇato akiriyasamuṭṭhānaṃ kāyavacīdvāre āpattiṃ āpajjati. Manodvāre pana āpatti nāma natthi.
有人把一百或一千钱放在比丘脚边,说“这是给你的”,比丘拒绝说“这不如法”。近事男说“我已经把这些舍弃给你们了”,然后就走了。另一个人来到那里,问“尊者,这是什么?”应该把那位近事男和自己说过的话告诉他。如果他说“尊者,我来守护,请指示守护的地方”,即使要登上七层楼阁,也应该指示说“这里是守护的地方”,不能说“放在这里”。到这一步,就只是依止于如法与不如法而安住,应该关上门守护着住。如果有可卖的东西,比如钵或衣送来,有人说“尊者,请收下这个”,应该说“近事男,我们需要这个,并且这样的东西是存在的,但没有净施人”。如果他说“我来做净施人,请开门给我”,就应该开门说“它已放在这个地方”,不能说“拿这个”。这样也只是依止于如法与不如法而安住。如果他拿了那个东西,而给出如法的物品,是可以的。如果他多拿了,就应该说“我们不拿你的东西,出去”。巴利
Eko sataṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.583-584) vā sahassaṃ vā pādamūle ṭhapeti ‘‘tuyhidaṃ hotū’’ti, bhikkhu ‘‘nayidaṃ kappatī’’ti paṭikkhipati. Upāsako ‘‘pariccattaṃ mayā tumhāka’’nti gato, añño tattha āgantvā pucchati ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, ida’’nti. Yaṃ tena ca attanā ca vuttaṃ, taṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. So ce vadati ‘‘gopessāmi, bhante, guttaṭṭhānaṃ dassethā’’ti, sattabhūmikampi pāsādaṃ abhiruhitvā ‘‘idaṃ guttaṭṭhāna’’nti ācikkhitabbaṃ, ‘‘idha nikkhipāhī’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Ettāvatā kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitaṃ hoti, dvāraṃ pidahitvā rakkhantena vasitabbaṃ. Sace kiñci vikkāyikabhaṇḍaṃ pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā āgacchati, ‘‘idaṃ gahessatha, bhante’’ti vutte ‘‘upāsaka, atthi amhākaṃ iminā attho, vatthu ca evarūpaṃ nāma saṃvijjati, kappiyakārako natthī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so vadati ‘‘ahaṃ kappiyakārako bhavissāmi, dvāraṃ vivaritvā dethā’’ti, dvāraṃ vivaritvā ‘‘imasmiṃ okāse ṭhapita’’nti vattabbaṃ, ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhā’’ti na vattabbaṃ. Evañca kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitameva hoti. So cetaṃ gahetvā tassa kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. Sace adhikaṃ gaṇhāti, ‘‘na mayaṃ tava bhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhāma, nikkhamāhī’’ti vattabbo.
应当在僧团当中舍弃。这里,因为金银属于不如法的东西,所以没有说“应当舍弃给僧团、给团体或给个人”。但是,由于那只是被接受了而已,并没有用它换来任何如法的物品,因此为了通过某种方式说明它被受用的情形,才说“应当在僧团当中舍弃”。“等”字是用来涵盖油等物品的。“他”,就是指那位以“近事男,酥油或油是许可的”这种方式被提到的在家人。“从别人那里得到”,是指从比丘或寺院杂工那里,通过自己的戒腊得到。“从那棵树所生的树荫”,是指用舍堕物换来的种子所长出的树,在其界限范围内所形成的树荫;如果超出了界限,因为属于外来的,就是许可的。“如果不丢弃”,是指既不拿走就离开,也不丢弃,心想“这事跟我有什么关系”,然后就随自己的意愿走掉。“具足五支”,就是具足这样说的五支:“不因贪欲而行,不因嗔恨而行,不因愚痴而行,不因恐惧而行,并且知道已舍弃和未舍弃。”“应当指定”,应当用在词句分别中所说的白二羯磨来指定:“尊者们,请僧团听我说,如果僧团觉得时机合适,僧团应当指定某某比丘为丢弃金银的人。”巴利
Saṅghamajjheyevanissajjitabbanti ettha yasmā rūpiyaṃ nāma akappiyaṃ, tasmā ‘‘nissajjitabbaṃ saṅghassa vā gaṇassa vā puggalassa vā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana taṃ paṭiggahitamattameva, na tena kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpitaṃ, tasmā upāyena paribhogadassanatthaṃ ‘‘saṅghamajjheyeva nissajjitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Ādi-saddena telādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Soti yo gahaṭṭho ‘‘sappi vā telaṃ vā vaṭṭati upāsakā’’tiādinā nayena vutto, so. Aññena labhitvāti bhikkhunā vā ārāmikena vā attano vassaggena labhitvā. Tato nibbattarukkhacchāyāpīti nissaggiyavatthunā āhaṭabījato nibbattarukkhaparicchedena ṭhitacchāyāpi, paricchedātikkantā pana āgantukattā vaṭṭati. No ce chaḍḍetīti atha neva gahetvā gacchati, na chaḍḍeti, ‘‘kiṃ mayhaṃ iminā byāpārenā’’ti yenakāmaṃ pakkamati. Pañcaṅgasamannāgato ‘‘yo na chandāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na dosāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na mohāgatiṃ gaccheyya, na bhayāgatiṃ gaccheyya, chaḍḍitāchaḍḍitañca jāneyyā’’ti (pārā. 584) evaṃ vuttapañcaṅgehi samannāgato. Sammannitabboti ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ rūpiyachaḍḍakaṃ sammanneyyā’’tiādinā padabhājane vuttāya ñattidutiyakammavācāya sammannitabbo.
把它看作没有特征标记,就像粪便一样丢掉:意思是,不去注意它掉落在哪里、不把它当成一个标记,就像粪便一样丢掉;闭上眼睛,不管是在河里、在悬崖边,还是在密林中,都像丢粪便一样,毫不顾恋、毫不理会地把它扔下去。这就是这段话要说的意思。因此说“就像粪便一样丢掉”。三条波逸提:按照有银想、疑、非银想,就有三条波逸提。在非银之物上有银想:就是把粗叶等东西想成金等。“依宝学处的方式”:就是按照“在寺园中或在住处中”这里所说的方式。巴利
Animittaṃ katvā gūthaṃ viya chaḍḍetabbanti patitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhaṇavasena nimittaṃ akatvā gūthaṃ viya chaḍḍetabbaṃ, akkhīni nimīletvāva nadiyā vā papāte vā vanagahane vā gūthaṃ viya anapekkhena patitokāsaṃ asamannāharantena pātetabbanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ‘‘gūthaṃ viya chaḍḍetabba’’nti. Tikapācittiyanti rūpiyasaññivematikaarūpiyasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyāni. Arūpiye rūpiyasaññinoti kharapattādīsu suvaṇṇādisaññino. Ratanasikkhāpadanayenāti ‘‘ajjhārāme vā ajjhāvasathe vā’’ti (pāci. 505) ettha vuttavidhinā.
9. 金银交易学处注释巴利
9. Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“以已作等方式”:这是按已作、未作、已作未作等方式来说的。金等四种舍堕物,在这里也被“取金银”这句话所涵盖,所以说“金银交易”。而且应当知道,这是就最高限度来说的。因此说“由前学处”等。“交易”:指已接受金银之后的交易。“依前述方式”:就是依“尊者,我从事种种金钱交易,这对我来说是应舍的”等语。巴利
Katādivasenāti kataakatakatākatavasena. Suvaṇṇādicatubbidhampi nissaggiyavatthu idha rūpiyaggahaṇena gahitanti āha ‘‘jātarūparajataparivattana’’nti. Idañca ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘purimasikkhāpadena hī’’tiādi. Parivattananti sāditarūpiyassa parivattanaṃ. Purimanayānusārenāti ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajjiṃ, idaṃ me nissaggiya’’ntiādinā (pārā. 589).
关于金钱交易这件事:因为接受金银本身就已经被禁止了,所以在接受之后再拿去交换,看不到有什么过失;但在金银交换本身,就有过失。所谓“彼的”,是指已经交换了的东西。所谓“财的”,是指自己的本钱。或者,用自己的非金银物品去让别人换成金银,或者用自己的金银去让别人换成非金银物品,这两种情况都已经构成金钱交易了。巴利
Rūpiyasaṃvohāravatthusminti paṭiggahaṇasseva paṭikkhittattā paṭiggahitaparivattane dosaṃ adisvā rūpiyaparivattane. Tassa vāti parivattitassa vā. Dhanassa vāti attano mūladhanassa vā . Attano vā hi arūpiyena parassa rūpiyaṃ cetāpeyya, attano vā rūpiyena parassa arūpiyaṃ, ubhayathāpi rūpiyasaṃvohāro katova hotīti.
10. 买卖学处注释巴利
10. Kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
关于金钱交易,因为已经被前面的学处涵盖,所以这里只取净物来说,因此说“衣等”。其中,“衣等净物”,是指从最少十根线算起,凡是衣、食、住、药等任何净物。“买”,就是取他人的物品。“卖”,就是把自己的物品给出去。因此说“用这个给那个”等等。“他人的”,是指除了五种同住者之外的其他人。在这里,应当依照“尊者,我从事了种种买卖,这是我的舍堕物,我把它舍给僧团”这样的方式来做舍堕,因此说“依照所说的相状”等等。那么,在为洗衣、剃发或扫地等劳作时,他人的物品到了自己手里,并没有舍堕物,那时该怎么办呢?所以说“如果没有物品,就应当说波逸提”。就像在舍堕物已被使用或已丢失时,他说波逸提一样,这里也应当这样说,这就是意趣所在。巴利
Rūpiyasaṃvohārassa pana heṭṭhāsikkhāpadena gahitattā kappiyabhaṇḍānamevettha gahaṇanti āha ‘‘cīvarādīna’’ntiādi. Tattha cīvarādīnaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍānanti antamaso dasikasuttaṃ upādāya cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayānaṃ yesaṃ kesañci kappiyabhaṇḍānaṃ. Kayaṃ nāma parabhaṇḍassa gahaṇaṃ. Vikkayaṃ nāma attano bhaṇḍassa dānaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘iminā imaṃ dehī’’tiādi. Parassāti ṭhapetvā pañca sahadhammike aññassa. Ettha ca ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, nānappakārakaṃ kayavikkayaṃ samāpajjiṃ, idaṃ me nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṅghassa nissajjāmī’’tiādinā (pārā. 595) nayena nissajjitabbaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘vuttalakkhaṇavasenā’’tiādi. Nanu cettha cīvaradhovane vā kesacchedane vā bhūmisodhanādinavakamme vā parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ nissajjitabbaṃ nāma natthi, tattha kiṃ kātabbanti āha ‘‘asante pācittiyaṃ desetabbamevā’’ti. Yathā nissaggiyavatthumhi paribhutte vā naṭṭhe vā pācittiyaṃ deseti, evaṃ idhāpi desetabbamevāti adhippāyo.
“这是我们的,我们有”——意思是:这已经接受过来的油或酥油,是属于我们的。“我们以此和此有需要”——意思是:除了那个以外,我们对这些未接受的此物和彼物有需要。用“按照金钱交易中所说的方式”这句话,是在指出这个原则:“正犯为三波逸提;于非买卖中,有买卖想者及疑惑者犯恶作。”巴利
Idaṃamhākaṃ atthīti idaṃ paṭiggahitaṃ telaṃ vā sappi vā amhākaṃ saṃvijjati. Amhākañca iminā ca iminā ca atthoti amhākañca tadaññena iminā ca iminā ca appaṭiggahitakena attho. ‘‘Rūpiyasaṃvohāre vuttanayamevā’’ti iminā ‘‘tikapācittiyaṃ akayavikkaye kayavikkayasaññino ca vematikassa ca dukkaṭa’’nti imaṃ nayamatidisati.
1. 钵学处注释巴利
1. Pattasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
没有作净,就是没有用“我把这个钵作净给你”这类方式作过净。取一阿达哈咖饭量,就是按摩揭陀那利来量,取两那利米的饭量。安达卡注里说:“所谓摩揭陀那利,就是十二个半巴拉。”大注疏里说:“在师子洲,本地那利大,达弥罗那利小,摩揭陀那利大小适中;用那个摩揭陀那利来量,一那利半等于一师子那利。”非上米,就是从煮熟后溢出来的米叫上米,不是上米就叫非上米。以一切配料制成,就是用孜然等一切配料做成。团食四分之一量大的菜,就是与团食相配的菜。巴利
Avikappitoti ‘‘imaṃ pattaṃ tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’tiādinā nayena avikappito. Aḍḍhāḷhakodanaṃ gaṇhātīti magadhanāḷiyā dvinnaṃ taṇḍulanāḷīnaṃ odanaṃ gaṇhāti. ‘‘Magadhanāḷi nāma aḍḍhaterasapalā hotī’’ti andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sīhaḷadīpe pakatināḷi mahantā, damiḷanāḷi khuddakā, magadhanāḷi pamāṇayuttā, tāya magadhanāḷiyā diyaḍḍhanāḷi ekā sīhaḷanāḷi hotī’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.602) mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Anuttaṇḍulanti pākato ukkantaṃ taṇḍulaṃ uttaṇḍulaṃ, na uttaṇḍulaṃ anuttaṇḍulaṃ. Sabbasambhārasaṅkhatoti jīrakādisabbasambhārehi saṅkhato. Ālopassa catutthabhāgappamāṇaṃ byañjanaṃ ālopassa anurūpabyañjanaṃ.
这样显示了最上等的钵之后,现在为了说明中等和下等的钵,就说“从最上等”等话。这里的判定方法是这样:如果把那利迦饭等全部装进去,按照前面说的方式,刚好和下缘齐平,这叫中等钵。如果超过那条线,堆起来鼓出来,这叫中下钵。如果没到那条线,只停在钵内,这叫中上钵。如果把钵饭等全部装进去,刚好和下缘齐平,这叫下等钵。如果超过那条线,堆起来鼓出来,这叫下下钵。如果没到那条线,只停在钵内,这叫下上钵。因此说“它们的差别也应当按前面说的方式来了知”。巴利
Evaṃ ukkaṭṭhapattaṃ dassetvā idāni majjhimomakāni dassetuṃ ‘‘ukkaṭṭhato’’tiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ nayo – sace nāḷikodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ vuttanayeneva heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimo nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ majjhimomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti, antogadhameva hoti, ayaṃ majjhimukkaṭṭho nāma patto. Sace pattodanādi sabbampi pakkhittaṃ heṭṭhimarājisamaṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ atikkamma thūpīkataṃ tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ omakomako nāma patto. Sace taṃ rājiṃ na sampāpuṇāti, antogadhameva hoti, ayaṃ omakukkaṭṭho nāma pattoti. Tenāha ‘‘tesampi vuttanayeneva bhedo veditabbo’’ti.
现在为了说明这些钵当中哪些适合决意、哪些适合分配、哪些既不适合决意也不适合分配,所以说了“在这些当中”等话。其中,“最上中最上”是指从最上之中取最上,因此说它“非钵”。“下等中最下等”是指从下等之中取下等,因此说它“非钵”。这些钵只能当作日常器具来使用,既不属于决意所摄,也不属于分配所摄。其余七种钵则应当决意或分配之后再用。因此说“其余七钵名为量相应”。巴利
Idāni tesu adhiṭṭhānavikappanānadhiṭṭhānāvikappanupage dassetuṃ ‘‘iccetesū’’tiādimāha. Tattha ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭhoti ukkaṭṭhato ukkaṭṭho. Tato hi so ‘‘apatto’’ti vutto. Omakomakoti omakato omako. Tato hi so ‘‘apatto’’ti vutto. Ete pana bhājanaparibhogena paribhuñjitabbā, na adhiṭṭhānupagā na vikappanupagā, itare pana satta adhiṭṭhahitvā vā vikappetvā vā paribhuñjitabbā. Tenāha ‘‘sesā satta pattā pamāṇayuttā nāmā’’ti.
所谓“因此”,是因为七种钵是符合标准量的,所以这样说。在这里,“以适合沙门的烧制而烧成”:铁钵经过五次烧制才算以适合沙门的方式烧成,陶钵则经过两次烧制。如果少了一次烧制,就不适合用来决意。正如只有以适合沙门的方式烧成才适合决意一样,两者也都要在所应付的价钱全部付清时,才适合决意。如果连一点点都还没付,就不适合决意。因此说“如果然……”等。“咖咖尼咖量”据说是一又半维希。即使钵主说“等你们有钱的时候再给,先决意后受用吧”,也仍然不适合决意。因为烧制次数不够,就不算合格的钵;因为价钱全部或一部分没付,就不算属于自己,仍然属于别人。所以,只有在烧制和价钱都圆满时,才适合决意。凡是适合决意的,才适合分配。因此说“不取出而……”等。“不取出而应分配”的意思是:不取出旧钵,而应把新钵拿来分配,也就是要保留的意思。“咖古糠”是指七种谷物中最差的那种糠,所以说“以咖古糠能漏过的孔”。巴利
Tasmāti yasmā satta pattā pamāṇayuttā, tasmā. Samaṇasāruppena pakkanti ettha ayopatto pañcahi pākehi (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.608) pakko samaṇasāruppena pakko hoti, mattikāpatto dvīhi pākehi. Sace eko pāko ūno hoti, na adhiṭṭhānupago. Yathā ca samaṇasāruppena pakkoyeva adhiṭṭhānupago, tathā ubhopi yaṃ mūlaṃ dātabbaṃ, tasmiṃ dinneyeva adhiṭṭhānupagā. Yadi pana appakampi adinnaṃ hoti, na adhiṭṭhānupagā. Tenāha ‘‘sace panā’’tiādi. ‘‘Kākaṇikamattaṃ nāma diyaḍḍhavīhī’’ti vadanti. Sacepi pattasāmiko vadati ‘‘yadā tumhākaṃ mūlaṃ bhavissati, tadā dassatha, adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjathā’’ti, neva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti. Pākassa hi ūnattā pattasaṅkhaṃ na gacchati. Mūlassa sakalassa vā ekadesassa vā adinnattā sakabhāvaṃ na upeti, aññasseva santako hoti. Tasmā pāke ca mūle ca niṭṭhiteyeva adhiṭṭhānupago hoti. Yo adhiṭṭhānupago, sveva vikappanupago ca. Tenāha ‘‘apaccuddharantenā’’tiādi. Apaccuddharantena vikappetabboti purāṇapattaṃ apaccuddharantena navo patto vikappetabboti attho, ṭhapetabboti adhippāyo. Kaṅgusitthanti sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ lāmakadhaññasitthanti āha ‘‘kaṅgusitthanikkhamanamattena chiddenā’’ti.
2. 不足五缀学处的解释巴利
2. Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“这个”指的是这个钵。“以那不足五缀的”意思是以那不足五缀的钵作为标志,也就是处于被它标识的状态。这里是把不足五缀的钵当作特征来把握的。所以经文说“对于如此状态者,用表示工具的格”。其中“如此状态者”是指达到某种样态的;“以它来标识”就是特征,这里用表示工具的格,也就是第三格的意思。所谓“样态”,是指区分共性的差别、特殊性。同样地,在“以不足五缀的钵”这句话里,比丘身份是共性,不足五缀的钵的状态是样态,比丘达到了那个,那个钵就是特征。如果不圆满五缀的钵就叫作不足五缀,那为什么在词句分析里连无缀也说了呢?所以接着说了“其中”等话。“其中”是句子中的提示语。有缀的地方也好,没有缀的地方也好,离开缀的钵就是无缀;有五缀的处所,就是五缀处。“非钵”的意思是钵不成其为钵,也就是不能当作正常的钵来用,这就是所说的意思。这是为了让别人知道的工具格。因此说:“所以,适合让别人知道。”巴利
Assāti imassa pattassa. Tena ūnapañcabandhanenāti tena ūnapañcabandhanena pattena upalakkhito hutvāti attho. Ūnapañcabandhano hi patto ettha lakkhaṇabhāvena gahito. Tenevāha ‘‘itthambhūtassa lakkhaṇe karaṇavacana’’nti. Tattha itthambhūtassāti kañci pakāraṃ pattassa. Lakkhīyate anenāti lakkhaṇaṃ, tasmiṃ karaṇavacanaṃ, tatiyāvibhattīti attho. ‘‘Pakāro’’ti ca sāmaññassa bhedako viseso vuccati. Tathā hi ūnapañcabandhanena pattenāti ettha bhikkhubhāvasāmaññassa ūnapañcabandhanapattabhāvo pakāro, taṃ bhikkhu āpanno, tassa patto lakkhaṇaṃ. Yadi aparipuṇṇapañcabandhano patto ūnapañcabandhano nāma hoti, atha kasmā imassa padabhājaniyaṃ abandhanopi vuttoti āha ‘‘tatthā’’tiādi. Tattha tatthāti vākyopaññāse. Bandhanokāse sati vā asati vā bandhanavirahito patto abandhano, pañcabandhanānaṃ okāso assāti pañcabandhanokāso. Apattoti patto nāma na hotīti attho, pākatikaṃ kātuṃ asamatthoti vuttaṃ hoti. Idañca aññassa viññāpane kāraṇavacanaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘tasmā aññaṃ viññāpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti.
“缀”这个东西,因为有可缀之处时它才存在,没有时就不存在,所以它是钵的特征。为了说明缀的方法,才说了“然于何处”等话。不过,在钵口边缘附近用穿孔器打孔时,因为瓦片厚会裂开,所以要从下面打孔。因此说“于下缘”等。或者作一个细孔再系:在细孔里用提布巴德之类的东西没有用,只要把线穿进去就可以决意,这是本意。并不是只用提布线等来系,所以说“糖浆”等。“以糖浆煮而以石粉”:把糖浆和石粉一起煮,意思是用这样煮过的石粉。“应舍”:应当这样说:“尊者,我这个钵是依不足五缀钵而求得的,应当舍。我向僧团舍弃此钵。”因此说“舍者”等。“以认可者”——巴利
Bandhanañca nāmetaṃ yasmā bandhanokāse sati hoti, asati na hoti, tasmā tassa lakkhaṇaṃ, bandhanavidhiñca dassetuṃ ‘‘yasmiṃ panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Mukhavaṭṭisamīpe pana pattavedhakena vijjhiyamāne kapālassa bahalattā bhijjati, tasmā heṭṭhā vijjhitabbo. Tenāha ‘‘heṭṭhimapariyante’’tiādi. Sukhumaṃ vā chiddaṃ katvā bandhitabboti sukhume chidde tipupaṭṭādīhi payojanaṃ natthi, suttaṃ pakkhipitvāva adhiṭṭhātabboti adhippāyo. Na kevalaṃ tipusuttakādināva bandhitabboti āha ‘‘phāṇita’’ntiādi. Phāṇitaṃ jhāpetvā pāsāṇacuṇṇenāti pāsāṇacuṇṇena saddhiṃ phāṇitaṃ pacitvā tathāpakkena pāsāṇacuṇṇenāti attho. Nissajjitabboti ‘‘ayaṃ me, bhante, patto ūnapañcabandhanena pattena cetāpito nissaggiyo, imāhaṃ saṅghassa nissajjāmī’’ti (pārā. 613) nissajjitabbo. Tenāha ‘‘nissajjantenā’’tiādi. Sammatenāti –
尊者,请僧团听我说:如果僧团时机合适,僧团应当任命某甲比丘为分钵者。这是动议。尊者,请僧团听我说:僧团任命某甲比丘为分钵者。如果各位尊者认可某甲比丘为分钵者,就保持沉默;如果不认可,就说出来。僧团已经任命某甲比丘为分钵者,僧团认可了,所以保持沉默。我这样受持。巴利
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ pattaggāhāpakaṃ sammanneyya, esā ñatti . Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, saṅgho itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ pattaggāhāpakaṃ sammannati, yassāyasmato khamati itthannāmassa bhikkhuno pattaggāhāpakassa sammuti, so tuṇhassa. Yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya. Sammato saṅghena itthannāmo bhikkhu pattaggāhāpako, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (pārā. 614) –
按照释词部分所说的白二羯磨程序被僧团认可之后,说明钵本身实际具有的优点,也就是用“尊者,这个钵大小合适、好看、配得上长老”这类话,来说明它实际具备的好处。钵的边际,是指放在边上的钵。非处,是指床、椅、伞、象牙桩之类不该放的地方。因为钵该放的地方,在犍度里已经用“诸比丘,我允许用钵架”这样的方式讲过了。以不适当的方式使用,是指拿钵去煮粥、染色、煮染料之类不合适的用法。不过在旅途中生病时,如果没有别的容器,用泥涂一下钵来煮粥或者烧水,是可以的。舍弃,是指给别人。如果共住弟子或依止弟子把别的更好的钵放一边,拿起一个说“这个适合我,这个适合长老”,这是可以的。或者别人拿走那个钵,把自己的钵给他,也可以。不需要说“只把我的钵拿来”。巴利
Evaṃ padabhājane vuttāya ñattidutiyakammavācāya sammatena. Pattassa vijjamānaguṇaṃ vatvāti ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, patto pamāṇayutto sundaro therānurūpo’’tiādinā (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.615) vijjamānānisaṃsaṃ vatvā. Pattapariyantoti pariyante ṭhitapatto. Adeseti mañcapīṭhacchattanāgadantakādike adese. Pattassa hi nikkhipanadeso ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ādhāraka’’ntiādinā nayena khandhake vuttoyeva. Aparibhogenāti yāgurandhanarajanapacanādinā ayuttaparibhogena. Antarāmagge pana byādhimhi uppanne aññasmiṃ bhājane asati mattikāya limpitvā yāguṃ pacituṃ, udakaṃ vā tāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Vissajjetīti aññassa deti. Sace pana saddhivihāriko vā antevāsiko vā aññaṃ varapattaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ sāruppo, ayaṃ therassā’’ti gaṇhāti, vaṭṭati. Añño vā taṃ gahetvā attano pattaṃ deti, vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhameva pattaṃ āharā’’ti vattabbakiccaṃ natthi.
关于“亲属或已邀请”这一条:在这里,如果是依僧团而邀请的场合,只有用五种联结才成立;但如果是依个人而邀请的场合,即使不满五种联结也可以。“未作请求”是指,在没有先说出“尊者,请说需要什么资具”这样的话的场合而作的请求。巴利
Ñātakappavāriteti ettha saṅghavasena pavāritaṭṭhāne pañcabandhaneneva vaṭṭati, puggalavasena pana pavāritaṭṭhāne ūnapañcabandhanenāpi. Akataviññatti nāma ‘‘vada, bhante, paccayenā’’ti evaṃ akataṭṭhāne viññatti.
3. 药学处注释巴利
3. Bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“取得后”,意思是把它变成已取得的状态,自己直接拿取还没有接受过来的东西。这里还应知道,即使超过七天也不犯戒,是因为它已经达到了不能吞食的状态。为了说明“这通过什么显示出来”,所以说“那些确实……”等。“这些药物是他所允许的”中的“药物”,是对任何适宜之物的通称。因此说“无论它们做不做药物的事,都这样获得名称”。现在,为了说明属于七日期限、成为舍堕物的熟酥和生酥,说了“酥油,就是牛等的……”等。“等”字也包括母山羊等。通过“凡其肉被允许”这句话,也把牛、母山羊等明确允许的之外的其他动物,比如鹿、赤鹿等包括进来。凡是有奶的,就一定有它们的酥油。不管它是容易得到还是难以得到,这样说都是为了不让人迷惑。“蜜蜂所造的蜜”,就是指小蜂、大蜂、蜜蜂这三种蜂所造的蜜。“甘蔗汁”,按纯净的和掺水的两种,甘蔗汁也有两种。不过,“非病者的糖水”因为是特别开许的,所以掺水的对非病者是可以的。“或无基础煮的”这句话,说明有基础煮的不可以。不过,《大筏疏》中说:“先问‘这有基础煮的可以还是不可以’,然后说‘甘蔗糖浆在午后没有不可以这回事’”,这个说法是合理的,见于《一切欢喜》。“甘蔗制品”,指从甘蔗产生的汁液、糖浆等。因为这里是复指前面已经说过的,所以“那”这个词只指前面说的那些药物本身,不是指它们的原料,因此说“这些药物”等。“不是它们的原料”,意思是说,没有另外接受那些酥油等药物的奶等原料。巴利
Uggahetvāti uggahitakaṃ katvā, appaṭiggahitaṃ sayameva gahetvāti attho. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpattikatā cettha anajjhoharaṇīyataṃ āpannattāti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā etena idaṃ dassitaṃ hotīti āha ‘‘tāni hī’’tiādi. Bhisakkassa imāni tena anuññātattāti bhesajjāni, yesaṃ kesañci sappāyānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘bhesajjakiccaṃ karontu vā, mā vā, evaṃ laddhavohārānī’’ti. Idāni sattāhakālikaṃ nissaggiyavatthubhūtaṃ sappinavanītaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sappi nāma gavādīna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Ādisaddena ajikādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. ‘‘Yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappatī’’ti iminā pākaṭehi goajikādīhi aññānipi migarohitādīni saṅgaṇhāti. Yesañhi khīraṃ atthi, sappipi tesaṃ atthiyeva. Taṃ pana sulabhaṃ vā hotu, dullabhaṃ vā, asaṃmohatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Makkhikāmadhumevāti khuddakabhamaramadhukarīhi tīhi makkhikāhi kataṃ madhumeva. Ucchurasanti suddhodakasambhinnānaṃ vasena duvidhampi ucchurasaṃ. ‘‘Agilānassa guḷodaka’’nti (mahāva. 284) pana uddissa anuññātattā udakasambhinno agilānassa vaṭṭati. ‘‘Avatthukapakkā vā’’ti iminā savatthukapakkā na vaṭṭatīti dasseti. Mahāpaccariyaṃ pana ‘‘etaṃ savatthukapakkaṃ vaṭṭati, no vaṭṭatīti pucchaṃ katvā ucchuphāṇitaṃ pacchābhattaṃ novaṭṭanakaṃ nāma natthī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttanti samantapāsādikāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.623) vuttaṃ. Ucchuvikatīti ucchumhā nibbattā rasalasikādikā. Pakatattānaṃ paṭiniddesattā taṃ-saddassa tena pakatānaṃ bhesajjānaṃ eva gahaṇaṃ, na tesaṃ vatthūnanti āha ‘‘tāni bhesajjānī’’tiādi. Na tesaṃ vatthūnīti tesaṃ sappiādīnaṃ kāraṇāni khīrādīni appaṭiggahetvāti attho.
“脂油”是指:在“诸比丘,我允许脂类药:熊脂、鱼脂、鳄鱼脂、猪脂、驴脂”这段开示中所允许的那些脂做成的油。“凡”是指那些药物。因为“诸比丘,我允许脂类药:熊脂、鱼脂、鳄鱼脂、猪脂、驴脂,在适当时间接受,在适当时间煮好,在适当时间混合,作为油来受用”这样开示,是为了做油而允许接受脂,所以才说“脂油”等。“适当时间”是指午前。“混合”是指过滤。“因此”是因为被允许的缘故。通过“熊脂”这个说法,除了人脂以外,一切不允许吃其肉的众生的脂都被允许,所以说“除了人脂”。巴利
Vasātelanti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.623) ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni acchavasaṃ macchavasaṃ susukāvasaṃ sūkaravasaṃ gadrabhavasa’’nti (mahāva. 262) evaṃ anuññātavasānaṃ telaṃ. Yānīti yāni bhesajjāni. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, vasāni bhesajjāni acchavasaṃ macchavasaṃ susukāvasaṃ sūkaravasaṃ gadrabhavasaṃ kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti evaṃ telatthaṃ vasāpaṭiggahaṇassa anuññātattā ‘‘vasātelaṃ panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Kāleti purebhattaṃ. Saṃsaṭṭhanti parissāvitaṃ. Tasmāti yasmā anuññātaṃ, tasmā. ‘‘Acchavasa’’nti vacanena ṭhapetvā manussavasaṃ sabbesaṃ akappiyamaṃsānaṃ vasāya anuññātattā ‘‘ṭhapetvā manussavasa’’nti vuttaṃ.
自己煮过之后:是指在适当的时间(午前)自己亲手煮。生出的油:是指在适当的时间自己提炼出来的油。这三种都只在适当的时间才可以。这也是佛说过的:“比丘们,如果在适当的时间接受,在适当的时间煮好,在适当的时间混合,然后食用,就没有罪过。”但在午饭后接受或制作,就完全不允许了。这也是佛说过的:“比丘们,如果在非时接受,在非时煮好,在非时混合,然后食用,犯三个恶作罪。比丘们,如果在适当的时间接受,在非时煮好,在非时混合,然后食用,犯两个恶作罪。比丘们,如果在适当的时间接受,在适当的时间煮好,在非时混合,然后食用,犯一个恶作罪。”而“允许在七天内作无肉食用”这句话,是在说明:所谓“在适当的时间接受,在适当的时间煮好,在适当的时间混合,作为油来食用”,这是针对无肉食用的情况而说的。巴利
Sāmaṃ pacitvāti kāleyeva sāmaṃ pacitvā. Nibbattitatelampīti kāleyeva attanā vivecitatelampi. Tividhampi cetaṃ kāleyeva vaṭṭati. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, anāpattī’’ti. Pacchābhattaṃ pana paṭiggahetuṃ vā kātuṃ vā na vaṭṭatiyeva. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘vikāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti tiṇṇaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dvinnaṃ dukkaṭānaṃ. Kāle ce, bhikkhave, paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ vikāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ ce paribhuñjeyya, āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti (mahāva. 262). ‘‘Sattāhaṃ nirāmisaparibhogena vaṭṭatī’’ti iminā pana ‘‘kāle paṭiggahitaṃ kāle nippakkaṃ kāle saṃsaṭṭhaṃ telaparibhogena paribhuñjitu’’nti idaṃ nirāmisaparibhogaṃ sandhāya vuttanti dasseti.
如果这里面有像微尘一样细小的肉、筋、骨或血,那就不算数。但如果未受具足戒的人用所接受的东西做成油再给出,这怎么算?回答说“由未受具足戒者”等等。所谓“当日”,就是接受的那一天。不过从午后开始,七天内只有不带肉食才可以。在这一点上,不算数的仍然不算数。不允许用时限食物的原料去煮其他原料,这就是文句的关联。其中“时限食物的”,是指这些事物的原料属于时限食,也就是具有时限食原料的意思。“其他的”,是指除脂肪油等以外的其他酥油等。“原料”指乳等属于时限食的原料,不允许煮,因为那是自己烹煮的缘故,这是意趣。巴利
Yaṃ panettha (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.623) sukhumarajasadisaṃ maṃsaṃ vā nhāru vā aṭṭhi vā lohitaṃ vā hoti, taṃ abbohārikaṃ. Sace pana anupasampanno tāya paṭiggahitavasāya telaṃ katvā deti, taṃ kathanti āha ‘‘anupasampannenā’’tiādi. Tadahūti yasmiṃ ahani paṭiggahitaṃ, tadahu. Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya pana sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭati. Tatrāpi abbohārikaṃ abbohārikameva. Yāvakālikavatthūnaṃ aññesaṃ vatthuṃ pacituṃ na vaṭṭatīti sambandho. Tattha yāvakālikavatthūnanti yāvakālikaṃ vatthu etesanti yāvakālikavatthūni, tesaṃ, yāvakālikavatthumantānanti attho. Aññesanti vasātelato aññesaṃ sappiādīnaṃ. Vatthunti khīrādikaṃ yāvakālikabhūtaṃ vatthuṃ, pacituṃ na vaṭṭatiyeva, sāmaṃpākattāti adhippāyo.
“已炼成的酥”,是指从时限食的原料中分离出来的酥。意思是:就像其中的酪或酪浆会消失那样,经过煎炼而成的酥。“或生酥”,意思是:把酪浆滴和酪团都去掉,再仔细洗净的生酥,可以煮用,因为它不是自己煮成的。如果和自煮的七日药一起受用食物,那食物因为和自煮的七日药混在一起,就借着七日药而变成了七日药性。这样一来,时限食即使没有煮过,也变成了自煮的,所以说“然而那些即使在当天午前和食物一起吃,也是不允许的”。就像自煮的七日药脂油、自炒的芥子等尽形寿物的油,在当天午前也不能和食物一起吃,应当知道生酥和酥也是这样。而且已经说过——巴利
Nibbattitasappiṃ vāti yāvakālikavatthuto vivecitasappiṃ vā. Yathā tattha dadhigataṃ vā takkagataṃ vā khayaṃ gamissati, evaṃ jhāpitaṃ vāti attho. Navanītaṃ vāti takkabindūnipi dadhiguḷikāyopi apanetvā sudhotanavanītaṃ pacituṃ vaṭṭati sāmaṃpakkābhāvatoti adhippāyo. Yadi sayaṃpacitasattāhakālikena saddhiṃ āmisaṃ bhuñjati, taṃ āmisaṃ sayaṃpacitasattāhakālikena missitaṃ attano yāvakālikabhāvaṃ sattāhakālikena gaṇhāpeti. Tathā ca yāvakālikaṃ apakkampi sayaṃpakkabhāvaṃ upagacchatīti ‘‘taṃ pana tadahupurebhattampi sāmisaṃ paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yathā sayaṃpakkasattāhakālikaṃ vasātelaṃ, sayaṃbhajjitasāsapādiyāvajīvikavatthūnaṃ telañca sāmisaṃ tadahupurebhattampi na vaṭṭati, tathā navanītasappīti veditabbaṃ. Vuttañca –
凡是属于时限药一类的物品,用手把它们混合在一起,
他们令取同类性,并且。
那位比丘用自己(受用)的钵,允许作为尽形寿(药)。
无腥味的(药)限用七天,有腥味的则和自煮的相同。巴利
‘‘Yāvakālikaādīni , saṃsaṭṭhāni sahattanā; Gāhāpayanti sabbhāva’’nti ca; ‘‘Teheva bhikkhunā pattaṃ, kappate yāvajīvikaṃ; Nirāmisaṃva sattāhaṃ, sāmise sāmapākatā’’ti ca.
“乳等”这里,“等”字包含了芝麻等。“有腥”是说:并不是只有无腥的才可以。不过从午后开始就完全不可以了。即使超过七天也无犯,因为接受时是有实物的。经中说“接受那些之后”,所以说“从午后开始”等等。午后用接受来的东西所制作的,可以用在涂油等上;午前用接受来的东西所制作的也一样。这两种即使超过七天也无犯。“七日之内”就是七天当中。“涂油等”这里,“等”字包含了头油、药膏涂抹、熏房等。“决意后”就是生起这样的心念:“现在这些不会成为我吞食用的,这酥油、油、脂膏用作头油或涂油,蜜用作药膏,糖用作熏房。”巴利
Khīrāditoti ettha ādisaddena tilādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Sāmisānipīti na kevalaṃ nirāmisānevāti attho. Pacchābhattato pana paṭṭhāya na vaṭṭantiyeva. Sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti savatthukānaṃ paṭiggahitattā. ‘‘Tāni paṭiggahetvā’’ti (pārā. 622) hi vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘pacchābhattato paṭṭhāyā’’tiādi. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitakehi kataṃ pana abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbaṃ, purebhattampi ca uggahitakehi kataṃ. Ubhayesampi sattāhātikkamepi anāpatti. Antosattāheti sattāhabbhantare. Abbhañjanādīnanti ettha ādisaddena muddhanitelaarumakkhanagharadhūpanādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Adhiṭṭhahitvāti ‘‘idāni na mayhaṃ ajjhoharaṇatthāya bhavissati, idaṃ sappi ca telañca vasā ca muddhanitelatthaṃ vā abbhañjanatthaṃ vā bhavissati, madhu arumakkhanatthaṃ vā phāṇitaṃ gharadhūpanatthaṃ vā bhavissatī’’ti evaṃ cittaṃ uppādetvā.
那么,这里时药和尽寿药之间有什么区别呢?所以他说“尽寿药”等等。“直到明相升起时仍存留”:意思是第七天做的油,如果直到明相升起时还能存留的话。在圣典中说到“未提及的酥油等”时,其中鹿、野牛等的酥油,在圣典中就是未提及的酥油;生酥也一样;而椰子、楝树、胡麻、芥子等的油,在圣典中就是未提及的油;同样,蜜花糖浆在圣典中应当知道是未提及的糖浆。并非所有的蜜花糖浆都归入糖浆类,所以他说“用冷水”等等。“用冷水制成”:就是把蜜花放进冷水里,不揉搓,等花汁溶入水中后,取那水煮成。“唯归入糖浆类”这句话,表明它是七日药,而不是舍堕所摄之物。因此应当知道,超过七天的人犯恶作。这在《一切欢喜》中也说过:“用冷水制成的蜜花糖浆,食前有食物时可以受用;从食后开始,七天之内只能无食物时受用;超过七天,按物品计数犯恶作。”不过,如果放入牛奶制成,那就是时药。而块糖因为去掉了奶渣而清净,所以可以。芒果、阎浮果、波罗蜜、香蕉、枣、罗望子等一切时药果实的糖浆,都只是时药,所以他说“芒果糖浆等是时药”。巴利
Ko panettha yāvakālikayāvajīvikavatthūsu visesoti āha ‘‘yāvajīvikānī’’tiādi. Yāva aruṇassa uggamanā tiṭṭhatīti sattamadivase katatelaṃ sace yāva aruṇuggamanā tiṭṭhatīti attho. Pāḷiyaṃ anāgatasappiādīnanti ettha tāva migarohitādīnaṃ sappi pāḷiyaṃ anāgatasappi, tathā navanītaṃ, nāḷikeranimbakosambakaramandasāsapaādīnaṃ telaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ anāgatatelaṃ, tathā madhukapupphaphāṇitaṃ pāḷiyaṃ anāgataphāṇitanti veditabbaṃ. Na sabbaṃ madhukapupphaphāṇitaṃ phāṇitagatikanti āha ‘‘sītudakenā’’tiādi. Sītudakena katanti madhukapupphāni sītudake pakkhipitvā amadditvā puppharase udakagate sati taṃ udakaṃ gahetvā pacitvā kataṃ. ‘‘Phāṇitagatikamevā’’ti iminā sattāhakālikanti dasseti, na pana nissaggiyavatthunti. Tasmā sattāhaṃ atikkāmayato dukkaṭanti veditabbaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ samantapāsādikāyaṃ sītudakena kataṃ madhukapupphaphāṇitaṃ purebhattaṃ sāmisaṃ vaṭṭati , pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sattāhaṃ nirāmisameva, sattāhātikkame vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭa’’nti. Sace pana khīraṃ pakkhipitvā kataṃ, yāvakālikaṃ. Khaṇḍasakkharaṃ pana khīrajallikaṃ apanetvā sodhenti, tasmā vaṭṭati, ambajambupanasakadalikhajjuriciñcādīnaṃ sabbesaṃ yāvakālikaphalānaṃ phāṇitaṃ yāvakālikamevāti āha ‘‘ambaphāṇitādīni yāvakālikānī’’ti.
涂在身上可以用,涂在身体上或者黎明时涂在身上都可以,但吞下去就不可以。“去”指的是超过七天的药。“无所期待而弃舍”是指没有期待地送给沙弥。“彼”是指这样舍出去之后又得到的药。这样送出去的药,如果那个沙弥有心或无心地把药再给那位比丘,比丘拿来可以做鼻药,也可以作其他任何用途。所以说“吞下去也可以”。如果那个沙弥愚笨,不知道怎么给,就由另一位比丘对他说:“沙弥,你有药吗?”“是的,尊者,有。”“拿过来,我们要为长老作药。”这样也可以。按物品计数,是指按酥等物品计数以及按酥块等物品计数。混在一起的话,一个犯舍堕罪。在这里,应当知道“尊者,我这药超过七天,是舍堕物,我把它舍给僧团”这样的舍堕仪式。巴利
Kāyikaparibhogaṃ vaṭṭatīti kāyassa vā kāye aruno vā makkhanaṃ vaṭṭati, ajjhoharituṃ pana na vaṭṭati. Yanti sattāhātikkantaṃ bhesajjaṃ. Nirapekkho pariccajitvāti anapekkho sāmaṇerassa datvā. Tanti evaṃ pariccajitvā puna laddhabhesajjaṃ. Evañhi dinnaṃ bhesajjaṃ sace so sāmaṇero abhisaṅkharitvā vā anabhisaṅkharitvā vā tassa bhikkhuno dadeyya, gahetvā natthukammaṃ vā kātabbaṃ, aññaṃ vā kañci paribhogaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘ajjhoharitumpi vaṭṭatī’’ti. Sace so bālo hoti, dātuṃ na jānāti, aññena bhikkhunā vattabbo ‘‘atthi te, sāmaṇera, bhesajja’’nti, ‘‘āma, bhante, atthī’’ti. ‘‘Āhara, therassa bhesajjaṃ karissāmā’’ti, evampi vaṭṭati. Vatthugaṇanāyāti sappiādivatthugaṇanāya ceva sappipiṇḍādivatthugaṇanāya ca. Missitesu pana ekaṃ nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, bhesajjaṃ sattāhātikkantaṃ nissaggiyaṃ, imāhaṃ saṅghassa nissajjāmī’’ti (pārā. 623) nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
共通施设。即使还没超过七天,如果把它想成已经超过,或者心里有疑惑,就犯恶作。如果已经超过七天,却把它想成还没超过,或者心里有疑惑,就犯舍堕;同样,对于没有决意、已经施舍出去、遗失、毁坏、烧毁、被掠夺的东西,如果把它想成已经决意等,也犯舍堕。在七天之内,已经决意、已经施舍出去,或者遗失、毁坏、烧毁、被抢走,以及出于信任而拿取,还有疯狂者等,都无犯。行违犯。酥油等属于自己所有、已进入七日计数、已经超过七天,这里是三个要素。咖提那等起、不作、非想解脱、无心、施设犯、身业、语业、三心、三受。因此说“其余应依照衣品第一学处所说的方式来了知”。巴利
Sādhāraṇapaññatti. Sattāhaṃ anatikkantepi atikkantasaññino ceva vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Atikkante anatikkantasaññinopi vematikassapi nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyameva, tathā anadhiṭṭhitāvissajjitānaṭṭhāvinaṭṭhādaḍḍhāviluttesu adhiṭṭhitādisaññino. Antosattāhaṃ adhiṭṭhite, vissajjite, naṭṭhe, vinaṭṭhe, daḍḍhe, acchinne, vissāsena gahite ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Ācāravipatti. Sappiādīnaṃ attano santakatā, gaṇanupagatā, sattāhātikkamoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Kathinasamuṭṭhānaṃ, akiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedanaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘sesaṃ cīvaravaggassa paṭhamasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabba’’nti (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā).
第9条 雨浴衣学处的解释巴利
4. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
从最后那个月的第一天开始,意思是:从吉德穆腊(jeṭṭhamūla)满月之后的第一个巴帝巴德日(pāṭipadadivasa)开始。“直至”是指限定在那么长的时间里。从吉德穆腊满月后的第一个巴帝巴德日开始,一直到咖提咖(kattika)满月,在这五个月当中——这就是它的意思。
“雨浴衣之时”等语句中,用“等”这个字涵盖了“雨浴衣的时节,其他人也布施雨浴衣”这些话。“请施我雨浴衣”等语句中,用“等”这个字涵盖了“请为我拿雨浴衣来,请为我调换雨浴衣,请为我买雨浴衣”这些话。
对于自己的非亲里、未受邀请的人那里,做这两件事,会有什么结果?因此说“在非亲里未受邀请之处”等。
“违反规定,恶作”,这是针对先前没有布施雨浴衣的人说的。至于那些先前也有布施的人,对他们来说不存在违反规定。因为《一切欢喜》(Samantapāsādikā)中说:“有些人先前也布施雨浴衣,即使他们是非亲里、未受邀请的,对他们也不构成违反规定,因为允许做能令人生起信心的事。”
“向非亲里乞求的学处,舍堕”,也就是“若比丘向非亲里居士或居士女乞求衣服,除了适当时节之外,犯舍堕”,依照这条学处,结为舍堕。这条对通常布施雨浴衣的人也同样适用。巴利
Pacchimamāsassapaṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāyāti jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya. Tāvāti tāva parimāṇe kāle. Jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamā, imasmiṃ pañcamāseti attho. Kālo vassikasāṭikāyātiādināti ettha ādisaddena ‘‘samayo vassikasāṭikāya, aññepi manussā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ dentī’’ti (pārā. 628) imesaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Detha me vassikasāṭikacīvarantiādikāyāti ettha ādisaddena pana ‘‘āharatha me vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ, parivattetha me vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ, cetāpetha me vassikasāṭikacīvara’’nti imesaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Attano aññātakaappavāritesu tadubhayaṃ karontassa kiṃ hotīti āha ‘‘aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhāne’’tiādi. ‘‘Vattabhede dukkaṭa’’nti idaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ pubbe adente sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ye pana pubbepi denti, tesu vattabhedo natthi. Vuttañhi samantapāsādikāyaṃ ‘‘ye manussā pubbepi vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ denti, ime pana sacepi attano aññātakaappavāritā honti, vattabhedo natthi tesu satuppādakaraṇassa anuññātattā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.628). Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyanti ‘‘yo pana bhikkhu aññātakaṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatāniṃ vā cīvaraṃ viññāpeyya aññatra samayā, nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti (pārā. 518) iminā sikkhāpadena nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ. Idaṃ pana pakatiyā vassikasāṭikadāyakesupi hotiyeva.
从热季最后一个半月的第一天开始说起。这里的意思是:从吉德穆腊黑分布萨的最后一天(即黑分斋日)的次日开始,一直到阿萨离满月,这半个月就叫作热季的最后一个半月;从它的第一天开始,就是这个意思。也就是说,从这半月的第一天(初一)开始。
咖提咖月的最后一天,叫作最后一个咖提咖月的满月。
“至此”这句话,是按照“热季还剩一个月,比丘应当去寻求雨浴衣;热季还剩半个月,做好之后应当穿用”这样来计算的。
“寻求的范围”,就是寻求的适用时段。在这个月里,如果还没得到雨浴衣,是允许去寻求的。
“也是制作和穿用的范围”,就是制作的时段和穿用的时段。用“也”这个字,把寻求的范围也一并包括进来。在这半个月里,允许寻求、制作和穿用,唯独不允许决意(即正式接受并确定使用)。
不过,在《一切欢喜》的某些写本中看到这样的说法:“从吉德穆腊满月的次日开始,一直到黑分斋日,这半个月是寻求的范围和制作的范围。在这期间,如果还没得到雨浴衣,允许寻求;如果已经得到,允许制作;不允许穿用和决意。”——这种说法是粗心写下的,应当看作与论母相违背。
“热季还剩半个月,做好之后应当穿用”,这是圣典里的原文。
“一切也”,就是指寻求、制作、穿用和决意,这一切。用这句话表明:这四个月是寻求、制作、穿用和决意这四者的适用时段。在这四个月里,还没得到的允许寻求,已经得到的允许制作,允许穿用,也允许决意。巴利
Gimhānaṃ pacchimaddhamāsassa paṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāyāti ettha jeṭṭhamūlakāḷapakkhūposathassa pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva āsāḷhipuṇṇamā, ayamaddhamāso gimhānaṃ pacchimaddhamāso nāma, tassa paṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāyāti attho, addhamāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kattikamāsassa pacchimadivaso nāma pacchimakattikamāsassa puṇṇamā. Ettāvatāti ‘‘māso seso gimhānanti bhikkhunā vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ pariyesitabbaṃ, addhamāso seso gimhānanti katvā nivāsetabba’’nti ettakena gaṇanena. Pariyesanakkhettanti pariyesanassa khettaṃ. Etasmiñhi māse vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ vaṭṭati. Karaṇanivāsanakkhettampīti karaṇakkhettañceva nivāsanakkhettañca. Pi-saddena pariyesanakkhettaṃ sampiṇḍeti. Etasmiñhi addhamāse pariyesituṃ, kātuṃ, nivāsetuñca vaṭṭati, adhiṭṭhātuṃyeva na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ katthaci potthake ‘‘jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva kālapakkhuposatho, ayameko addhamāso pariyesanakkhettañceva karaṇakkhettañca. Etasmiñhi antare vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ , laddhaṃ kātuñca vaṭṭati, nivāsetuṃ, adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭatī’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.628) vacanaṃ dissati, taṃ pamādalikhitaṃ mātikāya virodhatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Addhamāso seso gimhānanti katvā nivāsetabba’’nti (pārā. 627) hi pāḷi. Sabbampīti pariyesanaṃ, karaṇaṃ, nivāsanaṃ, adhiṭṭhānañcāti sabbampi. Iminā ime cattāro māsā pariyesanakaraṇanivāsanādhiṭṭhānānaṃ catunnampi khettanti dasseti. Etesu hi catūsu māsesu aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ, laddhaṃ kātuṃ, nivāsetuṃ, adhiṭṭhātuñca vaṭṭati.
“雨季被拉长”意思是:一年被往上拉、被延长、被提升,也就是把雨季的第一个月提前,使其成为热季的最后一个月。所谓“应在雨安居入日决意”,是因为从雨季开始前十天已经过去,所以应在雨安居入日当天决意。不允许超过那一天。至于在雨季中得到并完成的,从得到那天算起,在那个雨季中不应超过十天;如果超过十天,完成时则应在当天决意。如果十天还不够,也不应超过衣时。这是对已作(咖提那)的保护。那么未作(咖提那)时,有什么保护呢?所以说“若”等。即使一天也不能得到,因为除此之外没有别的保护,这就是意趣。巴利
Vassaṃ ukkaḍḍhīyatīti saṃvaccharaṃ uddhaṃ kaḍḍhīyati vaḍḍhīyati, āruyhatīti attho, vassānassa paṭhamamāsaṃ ukkaḍḍhitvā gimhānaṃ pacchimamāsameva karontīti vuttaṃ hoti. Vassūpanāyikadivase adhiṭṭhātabbāti vassānato pubbeyeva dasāhassa atikkantattā vassūpanāyikadivaseyeva adhiṭṭhātabbā. Tañhi divasaṃ atikkāmetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Antovasse pana laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca tasmiṃyeva antovasse laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ nātikkāmetabbā, dasāhātikkame niṭṭhitā pana tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbā. Dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkāmetabbā. Ayaṃ tāva katāya parihāro. Akatāya pana ko parihāroti āha ‘‘sace’’tiādi. Ekāhampi na labhati ito aññassa parihārassābhāvatoti adhippāyo.
他问“那从什么时候开始呢”,接着回答说“直到冬季的第一天”。意思是:从杰塔牟拉月满月日算起,一直到迦提月满月日的后一日为止。所谓“在这七个后季月里”,是按逆序来说的,也就是从迦提月满月日的后一日开始,到杰塔牟拉月满月日结束,在这七个名为后季的月份当中。“以生起忆念”,就是像“雨季衣的时候到了”这样,以唤起忆念的方式。“对请求者”,就是对说“请给我雨季衣”这样的人做请求。“以那条学处来说是无犯”,意思是依非亲属请求这条学处不算犯,但依本条学处则有犯,因为不是适当的时候。这是尊者佛授老师所说的。巴利
So kuto hotīti āha ‘‘yāva hemantassa paṭhamadivaso’’ti, jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsito paṭṭhāya yāva kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadadivaso, tāvāti attho. Etesu sattasu piṭṭhisamayamāsesūti paṭilomakkamena vuttesu kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchimapāṭipadādīsu jeṭṭhamūlapuṇṇamāsāvasānesu etesu sattasu piṭṭhisamayanāmakesu māsesu. Satuppādakaraṇenāti ‘‘kālo vassikasāṭikāyā’’tiādinā nayena satuppādakaraṇena. Viññāpentassāti ‘‘detha me vassikasāṭikacīvara’’ntiādinā (pārā. 628) nayena viññattiṃ karontassa. Tena sikkhāpadena anāpattīti aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpatti, iminā pana sikkhāpadena āpattiyeva asamayattā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhadantabuddhadattācariyena –
做了忆念之后,那雨季衣。
正在制作的比丘的背后认可之时。
对亲属、非亲属等人,就构成舍堕罪。
对他们本身,也同样在制作时做出表示。巴利
‘‘Katvā pana satuppādaṃ, vassasāṭikacīvaraṃ; Nipphādentassa bhikkhussa, samaye piṭṭhisammate. ‘‘Hoti nissaggiyāpatti, ñātakāññātakādino; Tesuyeva ca viññattiṃ, katvā nipphādane tathā’’ti.
在这里,应当依据“尊者,我这件雨浴衣是在夏季最后一个月之外的多余时间里求得的,在夏季最后半个月之外的多余时间里做成并穿着的,属于舍堕”这一说法(《波罗夷》628条),来理解舍堕的判定方式。巴利
Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, vassikasāṭikacīvaraṃ atirekamāse sese gimhāne pariyiṭṭhaṃ atirekaddhamāse sese gimhāne katvā paridahitaṃ nissaggiya’’nti iminā (pārā. 628) nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在“寻求雨季衣的事”中,就是指事先寻求雨季衣这件事。“三波逸提”是指:在超过一个月或超过半个月时,对作超过想者、有疑者、作不足想者,依寻求和穿着,共有三种波逸提。这也是省略其余情况的说明,或者是共通性的说明。“在不足月及半月时”,就是指在不足一个月以及不足半个月时。对作超过想者或有疑者,犯恶作——这里应补上“正在寻求和穿着者”这一句。这里要表达的意思是:在夏季剩余的不足一个月里,作超过想或有疑者正在寻求时,犯恶作;在夏季剩余的不足半个月里,作超过想或有疑者正在穿着时,犯恶作。“如是”这个词,是用来指出恶作。这种恶作不以水滴的数量来计算,而应按每次沐浴结束时算作一次行为;而且只适用于在露天中被天上落下的水淋浴的人,不适用于在浴室、水池等处用瓶子等倒水沐浴的人。因此才说“若有雨季衣”等。不过,在莲池等处裸身沐浴的人不犯,这是上下文的关联;意思是说,在莲池等处,即使有雨季衣,裸身沐浴的人也不犯恶作。巴利
Vassikasāṭikapariyesanavatthusminti paṭikacceva vassikasāṭikapariyesanavatthusmiṃ. Tikapācittiyanti atirekamāsaddhamāsesu atirekasaññivematikaūnakasaññīnaṃ pariyesananivāsanavasena tīṇi pācittiyāni, ekasesaniddeso cāyaṃ, sāmaññaniddeso vā. Ūnakamāsaddhamāsesūti ūnakamāse ceva ūnakaddhamāse ca. Atirekasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭanti ettha ‘‘pariyesananivāsanaṃ karontassā’’ti pāṭhaseso. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘ūnakamāse sese gimhāne atirekasaññino, vematikassa vā pariyesantassa dukkaṭaṃ, ūnakaddhamāse sese gimhāne ca atirekasaññino, vematikassa vā nivāsentassa dukkaṭa’’nti. ‘‘Tathā’’ti iminā dukkaṭaṃ atidisati, tañca dukkaṭaṃ udakaphusitagaṇanāya akatvā nhānapariyosānavasena payoge payoge kāretabbaṃ, tañca kho vivaṭaṅgaṇe ākāsato patitaudakeneva nhāyantassa, na nhānakoṭṭhakavāpiādīsu ghaṭehi āsittūdakena nhāyantassa. Tenevāha ‘‘satiyā vassikasāṭikāyā’’tiādi. Pokkharaṇiyādīsu pana naggassa nhāyantassa anāpattīti sambandho, pokkharaṇiyādīsu pana satiyāpi vassikasāṭikāya naggassa nhāyantassa natthi dukkaṭāpattīti attho.
像这样说明了中途犯罪的无犯之后,现在为了说明舍堕罪的无犯,而说了“衣被夺者”等话。其中,“衣被夺者”是指剩下的衣服被夺走的人。这样的人即使在非时穿着,也无犯。这个道理在“衣遗失者”等处也一样适用。应当知道,就像在这里允许穿着的人无犯,在那里也允许他们寻找。然而在这里,除了贵重的雨季衣之外,正在沐浴的人遭遇盗贼等灾难,这叫做“难”。因此说了“未穿着”等话。“或在难中穿着”,是指在有难存在时,非时穿着。可是《一切欢喜》中说:“‘衣被夺者’,这是只针对雨季衣说的。他们裸身为雨水淋湿身体,是无犯的。这里,穿着贵重的雨季衣去沐浴,有盗贼等灾难,叫做‘难’。”这种说法并没有说明衣被夺等情况下的舍堕无犯,而只是说明了裸身沐浴者恶作的无犯,这看起来似乎不合理。因为在一切学处中,都是为了在根本罪有犯罪可能时说明无犯,才设立无犯的部分,而不是为了中途罪,所以应当仔细考察。“有衣者”,是指拥有下衣和上衣。巴利
Evaṃ antarāpattiyā anāpattiṃ dassetvā idāni nissaggiyena anāpattiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvarassā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha acchinnacīvarassāti acchinnasesacīvarassa. Tassāpi asamaye nivāsato anāpatti. Esa nayo naṭṭhacīvarassa vāti etthāpi. Yathā cettha nivāsentānaṃ tesaṃ anāpatti, evaṃ tattha pariyesantānampīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha pana mahagghavassikasāṭikaṃ ṭhapetvā nhāyantassa corūpaddavo āpadā nāmāti āha ‘‘anivattha’’ntiādi. Āpadāsu vā nivāsayatoti āpadāsu vijjamānāsu asamaye nivāsentassa. Yaṃ pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvarassāti etaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tesañhi naggānaṃ kāyovassāpane anāpatti. Ettha ca mahagghavassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsetvā nhāyantassa corūpaddavo āpadā nāmā’’ti acchinnacīvarādino nissaggiyena anāpattiṃ adassetvā naggassa nhāyato dukkaṭeneva anāpattidassanaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ viya na dissati. Sabbasikkhāpadesu hi mūlāpattiyā eva āpattippasaṅge anāpattidassanatthaṃ anāpattivāro ārabhīyati, na antarāpattiyāti, tasmā upaparikkhitabbaṃ. Sacīvaratāti antaravāsakauttarāsaṅgehi sacīvaratā.
5. 割衣学处注释巴利
5. Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“施与”这里指的是:对任何仍怀期待者所行的布施,而不是已经彻底放下的布施,所以下文说“服侍等”。“以自己之想”,就是带着“这是我的”这样的想。由此说明这不构成波罗夷。因为即使带着“这是我的”的想法,去拿已经布施出去的东西,也不犯波罗夷。“正在夺取”,是指把没有系在一起、分开放在一边的许多衣物夺走,也包括命令别人去拿,比如命令“把僧伽梨拿来,把郁多罗僧拿来”。因此说“按物品数量计罪”。即使只说一句“把我布施出去的全部拿来”,也会犯许多罪。但如果夺的是一件衣,或者虽多但系在一起,就只犯一个罪。“命令‘夺取’”:以“把我布施出去的全部拿走”这样的命令,犯一个恶作。但对于已被夺走的物品,哪怕只用一句话,也按物品数量计罪,犯许多波逸提。所以说“于已被夺走的物品,按物品数量计罪”。“于已被夺走的物品”,是指由他命令的人已经实际夺走的那些衣物。不过有些本子写作“于已被夺走的物品,按所命令的数量计罪”,那里的“所命令的数量”,意思是命令去拿的衣物件数。《一切欢喜》中说:“命令‘拿衣’,一个恶作。被命令的人拿了许多件,一个波逸提。”这是针对系在一起的情况说的。这样一来,这部注释和《一切欢喜》就没有任何矛盾。但如果是分别命令“拿僧伽梨,拿郁多罗僧”,那就是每说一句就一个恶作。于已被夺走的物品,按物品数量计罪。这里还应按照“大德,这件衣我亲手布施给比丘后又夺回,是应舍的”这种方式,了解舍堕的做法。巴利
‘‘Datvā’’ti yaṃ kiñci paccāsīsamānasseva dānamiha adhippetaṃ, na nissaṭṭhadānanti āha ‘‘veyyāvaccādīnī’’tiādi. Sakasaññāyāti ‘‘saka’’nti saññāya. Iminā pārājikābhāvaṃ dasseti. Cajitvā dinnampi hi sakasaññāya gaṇhato natthi pārājikaṃ. Acchindantassāti ekato abaddhāni, visuṃ ṭhapitāni ca bahūni acchindato, ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ āhara, uttarāsaṅgaṃ āharā’’ti evaṃ āharāpayato ca. Tenāha ‘‘vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo’’ti. ‘‘Mayā dinnāni sabbāni āharā’’ti vadatopi ekavacaneneva sambahulā āpattiyo. Ekaṃ cīvaraṃ pana ekābaddhāni ca bahūni acchindato ekā āpatti. ‘‘Acchindā’’ti āṇattiyā dukkaṭanti ‘‘mayā dinnāni sabbāni gaṇhā’’ti āṇattiyā ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, acchinnesu pana ekavacaneneva sambahulā pācittiyo. Tenāha ‘‘acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo’’ti. Acchinnesūti tenāṇattena acchinnesu cīvaresu. Yattha pana potthakesu ‘‘acchinnesu yattakāni āṇattāni, tesaṃ gaṇanāya āpattiyo’’ti pāṭho, tattha yattakāni āṇattānīti yattakāni cīvarāni gaṇhituṃ āṇattānīti attho. Yaṃ pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ ‘‘cīvaraṃ ‘gaṇhā’ti āṇāpeti, ekaṃ dukkaṭaṃ. Āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiya’’nti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.633) vuttaṃ, taṃ ekābaddhaṃ sandhāya. Evañca katvā samantapāsādikāya saddhiṃ imāya aṭṭhakathāya na koci virodho. Sace pana ‘‘saṅghāṭiṃ gaṇha, uttarāsaṅgaṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇāpeti, vācāya vācāya dukkaṭaṃ. Acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya āpattiyo. Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, cīvaraṃ bhikkhussa sāmaṃ datvā acchinnaṃ nissaggiya’’nti (pārā. 633) iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
关于“三波逸提”:依已受具足戒者、对已受具足戒者有已受具足戒想者、对未受具足戒者有未受具足戒想者这三种情况,有三种波逸提罪。“其他资具”:指钵等其他资具,最低限度连针也包括在内,这就是它的意思。并不是只有夺取未受具足戒者的衣才犯恶作,所以说“未受具足戒者的……”等。其中“任何”:无论是衣,还是钵等,还是任何资具。“取他的信任”:指取用那被给予者的信任而拿取,这里是为了表达第三格的意义而用了宾格。“已受具足戒的状态”:指夺取的那一刻已受具足戒的状态。虽然在圣典和论母注疏中,给与时和取用时都能看到已受具足戒的状态,但仍应知道:对于在未受具足戒时给出衣、在已受具足戒时夺取的人,其犯戒只以夺取那一刻的已受具足戒状态为构成要素。巴利
Tikapācittiyanti upasampanne upasampannasaññivematikaanupasampannasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyāni. Aññaṃ parikkhāranti pattādiṃ aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ, antamaso sūcimpīti attho. Na kevalaṃ anupasampannassa cīvaraṃyeva acchindato dukkaṭanti āha ‘‘anupasampannassa cā’’tiādi. Tattha yaṃ kiñcīti cīvaraṃ vā hotu, pattādi, yaṃ kiñci parikkhāraṃ vā. Tassa vissāsaṃ gaṇhantassāti yassa dinnaṃ, tassa vissāsena gaṇhantassa, tatiyatthe cetaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Upasampannatāti acchindanasamaye upasampannabhāvo. Kiñcāpi upasampannabhāvo pāḷiyaṃ, mātikaṭṭhakathāyañca dānaggahaṇesu dissati, tathāpi anupasampannakāle cīvaraṃ datvā upasampannakāle acchindantassa āpattito acchindanakāleyeva upasampannatā aṅganti veditabbaṃ.
6. 说乞学处注释巴利
6. Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
六种,从麻线等开始。就像这样说的:“线有六种:麻、棉、丝、毛、粗麻、混合。”(《波罗提木叉》638)这就是所说的六种,从麻线等开始。其中,“麻”是用麻纤维做成的线。“棉”是从棉花产生的。“丝”是用蚕丝纺成的线。“毛”是羊毛线。“粗麻”是用粗麻纤维做成的线。“混合”有人说是各种树皮线各自分开的。不过,应该知道把五种混合起来做成的线才是“混合”。它们的随顺,是指那些麻等的随顺品,即细布、绢布、索玛拉布、支那布、神变所生布、天人所施布这六种线。巴利
Chabbidhaṃ khomasuttādinti ‘‘suttaṃ nāma cha suttāni khomaṃ kappāsikaṃ koseyyaṃ kambalaṃ sāṇaṃ bhaṅga’’nti (pārā. 638) evaṃ vuttaṃ chabbidhaṃ khomasuttādiṃ. Tattha khomanti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.636-38) khomavākehi katasuttaṃ. Kappāsikanti kappāsato nibbattaṃ. Koseyyanti kosiyaṃsūhi kantitvā katasuttaṃ. Kambalanti eḷakalomasuttaṃ. Sāṇanti sāṇavākena katasuttaṃ. Bhaṅganti pāṭekkaṃ vākasuttamevāti eke. Pañcahipi missetvā katasuttaṃ pana ‘‘bhaṅga’’nti veditabbaṃ. Tesaṃ anulomanti tesaṃ khomādīnaṃ anulomaṃ dukūlaṃ pattuṇṇaṃ somārapaṭṭaṃ cīnapaṭṭaṃ iddhijaṃ devadinnanti chabbidhaṃ suttaṃ.
“杼”是织布工具中的一根木杆,用来把已经织好的部分收拢聚在一起放置。“筘”也是织布工具中的一根木杆,把线穿进去之后,用它来敲打,使布变得密实。所谓“在这一切操作中,犯恶作”,意思是:织工那些用杼、用筘、上油等操作,在这一切操作中,比丘都犯恶作;也就是说,在那个织工每做一个操作时,比丘就犯一个恶作。如果没有杼等工具,为了制作这些工具,而进行斧头、锯子等的寻找、磨利、砍树等一切操作时,也是同样的道理。因为线是比丘自己所有的,所以已经织好的部分就是已经获得了,因此说“因为获得而成为舍堕”;意思是说,当织成达到可受持的最后衣量时,就成为舍堕。因此下文将会说:“长度达到一搩手、宽度达到一肘而织成时,舍堕波逸提。”在这里,应当依照“尊者,这件衣是我亲自乞线之后,让织工织成的,应当舍”这样的方式,来了解舍衣的做法。巴利
Turīti vāyanūpakaraṇo eko daṇḍo, vītavītaṭṭhānaṃ yattha saṃharitvā ṭhapenti. Vemanti vāyanūpakaraṇo eko daṇḍo, suttaṃ pavesetvā yena ākoṭento ghanabhāvaṃ sampādenti. Tassa sabbappayogesu dukkaṭanti tantavāyassa ye te turivemasajjanādikā payogā, tesu sabbesu payogesu bhikkhussa dukkaṭaṃ, tassa tantavāyassa payoge payoge bhikkhussa dukkaṭanti vuttaṃ hoti. Turiādīnaṃ abhāve tesaṃ karaṇatthaṃ vāsipharasuādīnaṃ maggananisānarukkhacchedanādisabbappayogepi eseva nayo. Tantūnaṃ attano santakattā vītavītaṭṭhānaṃ paṭiladdhameva hotīti āha ‘‘paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti, vikappanupagapacchimacīvarappamāṇe vīte nissaggiyaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Teneva vakkhati ‘‘dīghato vidatthimatte, tiriyañca hatthamatte vīte nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti. Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, cīvaraṃ sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā tantavāyehi vāyāpitaṃ nissaggiya’’nti iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
“以此”指的是由那位被劝请的织工所织。这里说“此处是恶作”,意思是:在这里,也是就那位织工而言,当织成纵长一搩手、横宽一肘时,就是恶作。“非净线所作”指的是由被劝请的线所作。“从其余”指的是从未被劝请的线所织成的段落。“若少于彼”是指若少于所说的尺寸,哪怕只有一片圆盘那么小,这就是这里的意思。让净织工织非净线,如前所说,是舍堕;同样,在这里则是恶作。因此,让织净线和非净线的人,如果后衣的尺寸、或少于该尺寸的非净线段落,按这些段落计算,就是恶作。在净线段落则无犯。如果用间隔的线,或者纵长部分是净线、横宽部分是非净线而织成,那么在符合尺寸的每一个段落,都是恶作。巴利
Tenevāti viññāpitatantavāyeneva. Evaṃ idha dukkaṭanti idhāpi tantavāyeneva dīghato vidatthimatte, tiriyaṃ hatthamatte vīte dukkaṭanti attho. Akappiyasuttamayeti viññāpitasuttamaye. Itarasminti aviññattisuttamaye paricchede. Tato ce ūnatarāti vuttappamāṇato ce ūnatarā, antamaso (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.636-638) acchimaṇḍalappamāṇāpīti adhippāyo. Kappiyatantavāyenapi akappiyasuttaṃ vāyāpentassa yathā pubbe nissaggiyaṃ, evamidha dukkaṭaṃ. Teneva kappiyañca akappiyañca suttaṃ vāyāpentassa sace pacchimacīvarappamāṇā vā ūnakā vā akappiyasuttaparicchedā honti, tesu paricchedagaṇanāya dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyasuttaparicchedesu anāpatti. Atha ekantarikena vā suttena, dīghato vā kappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vītaṃ hoti, pamāṇayutte paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ.
如果两位织工,一位是清净的,一位是不清净的,而线也是不清净的;如果他们轮流织,那么由不清净的织工织成时,在每一个符合量度的段落,犯波逸提;在不足量的段落,犯恶作。由另一位织工织成时,两种情况都犯恶作。如果两人一起拿着纬线共同织,在每一个符合量度的段落,犯波逸提。如果线是清净的,而衣有田界等段落之分,由不清净的织工织成时,每一个段落犯恶作;由另一位织工织成时,不犯。如果两人一起织,在每一个符合量度的段落,犯恶作。如果线既有清净的也有不清净的,他们轮流织,由不清净的织工用不清净的线织成后衣量度相应的段落时,按段落计数犯波逸提;在不足量的段落以及清净线所织成的段落,犯恶作。由清净的织工用不清净的线织成时,不论段落符合量度或不足量,都只是恶作;用清净的线织成的段落,不犯。巴利
Yadi pana (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.636-638) dve tantavāyā honti eko kappiyo eko akappiyo, suttañca akappiyaṃ, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena vīte pamāṇayutte paricchede paricchede pācittiyaṃ, ūnatare dukkaṭaṃ. Itarena vīte ubhayattha dukkaṭaṃ. Sace dvepi vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, pamāṇayutte paricchede paricchede pācittiyaṃ. Atha suttaṃ kappiyaṃ, cīvarañca kedārabaddhādīhi saparicchedaṃ, akappiyatantavāyena vīte paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ, itarena vīte anāpatti. Sace dvepi ekato vinanti, pamāṇayutte paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ. Atha suttampi kappiyañca akappiyañca, te ce vārena vinanti, akappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pacchimacīvarappamāṇesu paricchedesu vītesu paricchedagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ, ūnataresu kappiyasuttamayesu ca dukkaṭaṃ. Kappiyatantavāyena akappiyasuttamayesu pamāṇayuttesu vā ūnakesu vā dukkaṭameva, kappiyasuttamayesu anāpatti.
这时,如果以间隔的线来织,或者把长度做成不合规定的、把横宽做成不合规定的来织,或者他们两人一起拿着纬线合起来织,那么对于没有分段的衣,在每一个符合量的分段处,都犯恶作;对于有分段的衣,则按分段来算,各有恶作。因此说“以此方便”等等。巴利
Atha ekantarikena vā suttena, dīghato vā akappiyaṃ tiriyaṃ akappiyaṃ katvā vinanti, ubhopi vā te vemaṃ gahetvā ekato vinanti, aparicchede cīvare pamāṇayutte paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ, saparicchede paricchedavasena dukkaṭāni. Tenāha ‘‘eteneva upāyenā’’tiādi.
这里,先说织工:如果是从不认识的人、没被邀请的人那里通过请求得到的,那就是不净的;其余情况是净的。线也一样,自己开口请求的线是不净的;其余的,通过亲戚等关系得到的,应当知道是净的。“三波逸提”是指:在已织的情况下,依已织想、疑、未织想这三种情况,有三条波逸提罪。“为衣而请求的线”:是指自己或让别人为做衣服而请求来的线。虽然圣典里说的是“自己请求线”,但这里没有说“为衣自己请求的线”,而只是在支分里说了“为衣而请求的线”,所以应当知道,别人为做衣服而请求来的线也包括在内。“以不净的请求方式”:就是指这样不净的请求——“贤友,请为我织衣。”巴利
Ettha ca tantavāyo tāva aññātakaappavāritato viññattiyā laddho akappiyo, seso kappiyo. Suttampi sāmaṃ viññāpitaṃ akappiyaṃ, sesaṃ, ñātakādivasena uppannañca kappiyanti veditabbaṃ. Tikapācittiyanti vāyāpite vāyāpitasaññivematikaavāyāpitasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyāni. Cīvaratthāya viññāpitasuttanti sāmaṃ vā aññena vā cīvaratthāya viññāpitasuttaṃ . Kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘sāmaṃ suttaṃ viññāpetvā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi idha ‘‘cīvaratthāya sāmaṃ viññāpitasutta’’nti avatvā kevalaṃ ‘‘cīvaratthāya viññāpitasutta’’nti aṅgesu vuttattā aññena cīvaratthāya viññāpitasuttampi saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti veditabbaṃ. Akappiyaviññattiyāti ‘‘cīvaraṃ me, āvuso, vāyathā’’ti evaṃbhūtāya akappiyaviññattiyā.
第七、大织工学处的注释巴利
7. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
先前未被衣主邀请是指:以前没有被衣主这样说过——“尊者,您需要什么样的衣?我为您织什么样的衣?尊者,请说您想要的。”在这里,通过长等三种连同线增长的方式,说明了织法;通过善织等四种方式,只说明了织法。“我们应当稍微供养一点”等话,只是说明应当做的做法,并不是说明犯戒的构成条件,因为仅仅以线增长的方式就会犯戒,所以说“不是仅以向比丘施与团食之量”等。在这里,应当按照“尊者,这是我的衣,我先前未被邀请,就前往非亲戚居士的织工那里,对衣生起分别,应当舍”这种方式来理解舍衣的规定。“三波逸提”是指:以非亲戚为对象,加上非亲戚想、疑、亲戚想这三种想,有三条波逸提。巴利
Cīvarasāmikehipubbe appavārito hutvāti ‘‘kīdisena te, bhante, cīvarena attho, kīdisaṃ te cīvaraṃ vāyāpemi, vada, bhante, yadicchasī’’ti cīvarasāmikehi pubbe avutto hutvā. Ettha ca āyatādīhi tīhi suttavaḍḍhanākārena saha vāyanākāraṃ dasseti, suvītādīhi catūhi vāyanākārameva. ‘‘Kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyyāmā’’tiādi tassa kattabbākāramattadassanaṃ, na pana aṅgadassanaṃ suttavaḍḍhanavaseneva āpajjitabbattāti āha ‘‘na bhikkhuno piṇḍapātadānamattenā’’tiādi. Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, cīvaraṃ pubbe appavāritena aññātakassa gahapatikassa tantavāye upasaṅkamitvā cīvare vikappaṃ āpannaṃ nissaggiya’’nti (pārā. 643) iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tikapācittiyanti aññātake aññātakasaññivematikañātakasaññīnaṃ vasena tīṇi pācittiyāni.
8. 急施衣学处注释巴利
8. Accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
“第一句”指的是“十日未到”这一句。“依前面同样的方式”,就是依绝对结合的方式。“那些日子”,就是在那些日子当中。“绝对地”,就是无间断地;在那十日里,无论在哪一天,这样说。“自恣月”,就是前迦提月。因为在这里它与第一次自恣相连接,所以被称为“自恣月”。“从白分第五日起”,就是以白分第五日为开始。或者,从自恣月的白分第五日起;因为说明了自恣月,所以意思是从那个月的白分第五日开始。不过,这里看到的文句“虽然以‘最多十日应持过量衣’这一条就能成立,但为了因缘的发起,像是显示了一种前所未有的义理而安立学处”,应当看作是错误的文句,因为它和“十日未到”相矛盾。而且,由于说了“从白分第五日起”,注疏本身也可能有前后矛盾。巴利
Paṭhamapadassāti ‘‘dasāhānāgata’’nti padassa. Purimanayenevāti accantasaṃyogavaseneva. Tāni divasānīti tesu divasesu. Accantamevāti nirantarameva, tesu dasāhesu yattha katthaci divaseti vuttaṃ hoti. Pavāraṇāmāsassāti pubbakattikamāsassa. So hi idha paṭhamapavāraṇāyogato ‘‘pavāraṇāmāso’’ti vutto. Juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭṭhāyāti sukkapakkhapañcamiṃ ādiṃ katvā. Pavāraṇāmāsassa juṇhapakkhapañcamitoti vā pavāraṇāmāsassa pakāsanato purimassa juṇhapakkhassa pañcamito paṭṭhāyāti attho. Yo panettha ‘‘kāmañcesa (sārattha. ṭī. 2.650) ‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’nti (pārā. 463) imināva siddho, aṭṭhuppattivasena pana apubbaṃ viya atthaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapita’’nti pāṭho dissati, so pamādapāṭho ‘‘dasāhānāgata’’nti iminā virodhatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kiñca ‘‘juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭṭhāyā’’ti vuttattā aṭṭhakathāyeva pubbāparavirodhopi siyā.
所谓“急施衣”,就是指必须赶紧布施出去的衣。为了说明这种“急”是因为施主即将远行等原因,所以经文说“将要远行的人、病人、孕妇、刚生产的人、新近生起信心的人等等”。其中,所谓“将要远行的人”,就像律文里说的:“想要去军中,或者想要去远方旅行。”如果有人这样宣布“我要布施雨安居衣”之后把衣布施出去,那就是这样:将要远行等各类人当中,有人因为要远行等原因想布施,或者派使者去,或者自己前来,这样宣布“我要布施雨安居衣”之后所布施的衣。在这里,应当依照“尊者,我这件急施衣已经超过了衣时,应当舍”这种方式来理解舍衣的规定。巴利
Accekacīvaranti accāyikacīvaraṃ vuccati, so ca accāyikabhāvo dāyakassa gamikādibhāvenāti dassetuṃ ‘‘gamikagilānagabbhiniabhinavuppannasaddhānaṃ puggalāna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha gamiko nāma ‘‘senāya vā gantukāmo hoti, pavāsaṃ vā gantukāmo hotī’’ti (pārā. 649) vutto. Aññatarena ‘‘vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmī’’ti evaṃ ārocetvā dinnanti gamikādīnaṃ aññatarena gamanādīhi kāraṇehi dātukāmena dūtaṃ vā pesetvā, sayaṃ vā āgantvā ‘‘vassāvāsikaṃ dassāmī’’ti evaṃ ārocetvā dinnaṃ cīvaraṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, accekacīvaraṃ cīvarakālasamayaṃ atikkāmitaṃ nissaggiya’’nti (pārā. 649) iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
所谓“其余”,指的是“共通施设”等那些内容。这里的差别在于:在那种情况下,对于多余的衣生起“这是多余的衣”的认知等,犯的是超过十天的界限;而在这里,对于急施衣生起“这是急施衣”的认知等,犯的是超过衣时。同样地,对不是急施衣的生起“这是急施衣”的认知,以及心存疑惑的,犯恶作。具足种类和尺寸的急施衣、属于自己所有、在十天还没到的迦提月满月日那天生起、尚未作决意或净施、以及超过衣时——这四项条件就是这里的差别所在。巴利
Sesanti ‘‘sādhāraṇapaññattī’’tiādikaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tattha atirekacīvare atirekacīvarasaññiādino dasāhātikkamo, idha accekacīvare accekacīvarasaññiādino cīvarakālātikkamo. Tathā anaccekacīvare accekacīvarasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Jātippamāṇasampannassa accekacīvarassa attano santakatā, dasāhānāgatāya kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamāya uppannabhāvo, anadhiṭṭhitaavikappitatā, cīvarakālātikkamoti caturaṅgabhāvova ettha viseso.
9. 有疑学处注释巴利
9. Sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在“达入”等语中,“如”这个字,是指分别论中“达入初禅而住”这句里,本该举出“达入”(upasampajjā),却举出了“达入”(upasampajjaṃ)。这里就是拿它来作例子。而用“等”这个字,应当理解为涵盖了“不告而去”等情形。“前往”是说“伍巴”这个前缀的意思。“住”是指不间断地住。由于有“凡与某者有联系,即使远在他处也属于彼”这句话,所以说“此……中略……与此有联系”。其中“此”指的是“伍巴瓦萨”这个词。按律的方式来说,森林的特征在不与取波罗夷中已经出现过。在那里,为了用“或从村或从森林”这种无所遗漏的方式,把盗取之处都包含进来,毫无混淆地显示这两者,所以说了“除村及”等等。因为村子的近处在世间就被算作村的范围。但这里按经的方式,“五百弓为最后”是针对住在森林的比丘说的。因为住在律的方式所说的森林中的他,并非经中“森林住者、边远住处者”这句里所说的,所以为了显示应当采用那里所说的特征,就说了“以老师之弓装上一切最后者”等等。其中所谓“老师之弓”,是说以自然手为九指距的长度。但装上弓弦时,则是四手的长度,他们是这么说的。“村之”是指有围墙的村。“因德拉柱”是指从门槛起。“从围墙应到达处”是指从立在边界的房屋的近处,一个中等身材的人站立时第一块土块落下的地方。“应该用多少道路来测量”,就说了“若”等等。不过中部注释中说:“即使对寺院,也要取出村的近处,在两者土块落下的中间来测量。”“由于看见盗贼的住处等”,是指在园林和园林近处,由于看见盗贼的住处等理由。用“等”这个字,涵盖了食处、立处、坐处、卧处。“由于看见人被盗贼所杀、所劫、所打”,是指在园林和园林近处,由于看见被杀、被劫、被打的情形。巴利
Upasampajjantiādīsu viyāti ‘‘paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti (vibha. 508) imassa vibhaṅge ‘‘upasampajjā’’ti uddharitabbe ‘‘upasampajja’’nti uddhaṭaṃ. Tadiha nidassanaṃ kataṃ. Ādisaddena pana ‘‘anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyyā’’tiādīnaṃ (pāci. 111, 115) saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Upagantvāti upasaddassatthamāha. Vasitvāti akkhaṇḍaṃ vasitvā. ‘‘Yena yassa hi sambandho, dūraṭṭhampi ca tassa ta’’nti vacanato ‘‘imassa…pe… iminā sambandho’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha imassāti ‘‘upavassa’’nti padassa. Vinayapariyāyena araññalakkhaṇaṃ adinnādānapārājike āgataṃ. Tattha hi ‘‘gāmā vā araññā vā’’ti anavasesato avahāraṭṭhānapariggahena tadubhayaṃ asaṅkarato dassetuṃ ‘‘ṭhapetvā gāmañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Gāmūpacāro hi loke gāmasaṅkhameva gacchatīti. Idha pana suttantapariyāyena ‘‘pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima’’nti (pārā. 654) āgataṃ āraññakaṃ bhikkhuṃ sandhāya. Na hi so vinayapariyāyike araññe vasanto ‘‘āraññako panthasenāsano’’ti (ma. ni. 1.61) sutte vutto, tasmā tattha āgatameva lakkhaṇaṃ gahetabbanti dassento ‘‘sabbapacchimāni āropitena ācariyadhanunā’’tiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘ācariyadhanu nāma pakatihatthena navavidatthipamāṇaṃ. Jiyāya pana āropitāya catuhatthapamāṇa’’nti vadanti. Gāmassāti parikkhittassa gāmassa. Indakhīlatoti ummārato. Parikkhepārahaṭṭhānatoti pariyante ṭhitagharassa upacāre ṭhitassa majjhimassa purisassa paṭhamaleḍḍupātato. Kittakena maggena minitabbanti āha ‘‘sace’’tiādi. Majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘vihārassāpi gāmasseva upacāraṃ nīharitvā ubhinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃ antarā minitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāsādidassanenāti ārāme, ārāmūpacāre ca corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāsādidassanena kāraṇena. Ādisaddena bhuttokāsaṭṭhitokāsanisinnokāsanipannokāsānaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Corehi manussānaṃ hataviluttākoṭitabhāvadassanatoti ārāme, ārāmūpacāre ca hataviluttākoṭitabhāvadassanato.
“应放在村中”,意思是:在村内各处有屋舍,或者这本身就是“村间”,也就是村落,应当放在那里。因此说“对森林住者”等。“而彼”指的是放置这件事。“在大自恣时已自恣”这句,是为了显示没有中断雨安居而安居结束的状态,并不是说它是自恣的组成部分。正因如此,《一切欢喜》在显示差别时说:“如果是在后自恣日才进入,或者中断了雨安居,就不允许放置。”“迦提月”是从前迦提月黑分的第一天开始,一直到后迦提月的满月日,共二十九夜。用“如是”这个词,是显示迦提月之后就不允许了。如果距离不够,因为不具备森林的特征,所以不允许;那为什么超过一伽伍德的距离也不允许呢?于是说“于彼处”等。不过,如果受到邀请,前往半由旬甚至一由旬的地方住下再回来,这就不受距离限制。“有疑虑与恐怖”,就是指既有疑虑又有恐怖。用“如是”这个词,是显示如果住在没有疑虑、没有恐怖且条件具足的住处,也不允许放置。以上所说的是:在前自恣日进入,不间断地完成雨安居,以某个村作为乞食村,住在距离五百弓最远处的森林住处,把衣放在那个村里,允许他在整个迦提月里,即使没有那件衣也能住在那住处;现在要允许住在寺院以外的地方最多别离六夜,所以说“若彼比丘”等。因为这种不持行的开许,只有已铺设咖提那衣的人才能获得,其他人不行,这里也应知道这个道理。其中,“彼比丘应以彼衣最多别离六夜”,意思是:如果一位比丘住在寺院里,有事要去别处,把衣放在村中,那么这位比丘最多只能与那件衣别离六夜,也就是最多六夜住在那寺院以外的地方。巴利
Antaraghare nikkhipeyyāti antare antare gharāni ettha, etassāti vā antaragharaṃ, gāmo, tasmiṃ ṭhapeyyāti attho. Tenāha ‘‘āraññakassā’’tiādi. Tañcāti nikkhipanañca. ‘‘Mahāpavāraṇāya pavārito hotī’’ti idaṃ vassacchedaṃ akatvā vuṭṭhabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ, na pana pavāraṇāya aṅgabhāvaṃ. Teneva hi byatirekaṃ dassentena samantapāsādikāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.653-654) vuttaṃ ‘‘sace pacchimikāya vā upagato hoti chinnavasso vā, nikkhipituṃ na labhatī’’ti. Kattikamāso nāma pubbakattikamāsassa kāḷapakkhapāṭipadato paṭṭhāya yāva aparakattikapuṇṇamā, tāva ekūnattiṃsa rattindivā. Eva-saddena kattikamāsato paraṃ na labhatīti dasseti. Ūnappamāṇe tāva araññalakkhaṇāyogato na labhatu, kasmā gāvutato atirekappamāṇe na labhatīti āha ‘‘yatrahī’’tiādi. Nimantito pana addhayojanampi yojanampi gantvā vasituṃ pacceti, idamappamāṇaṃ. Sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayameva hotīti sāsaṅkañceva sappaṭibhayañca hoti. Eva-saddena anāsaṅkaappaṭibhayehi aṅgayuttepi senāsane vasanto nikkhipituṃ na labhatīti dasseti. Ettāvatā purimikāya upagantvā akkhaṇḍaṃ katvā vuṭṭhavasso yaṃ gāmaṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā pañcadhanusatikapacchime āraññakasenāsane viharati, tasmiṃ gāme cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā sakalakattikamāsaṃ tasmiṃyeva senāsane tena cīvarena vinā vatthuṃ anujānitvā idāni vihārato aññattha vasantassa chārattaṃ vippavāsaṃ anujānanto ‘‘siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno’’tiādimāha. Asamādānacārañhi atthatakathinā eva labhanti, netareti ettha idampi kāraṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tattha chārattaparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena vippavasitabbanti yo bhikkhu vihāre vasanto tato aññattha gamanakicce sati antaraghare cīvaraṃ nikkhipati, tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena chārattaparamaṃ vippavasitabbaṃ, cha rattiyo tamhā vihārā aññattha vasitabbāti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuttañhi bhadantena buddhadattācariyena –
比丘把某个村子作为乞食的范围,住在森林里;
在那个村子里,允许安置他仅一个月。
如果住在别的地方,最多六夜,是允许的。
这就是他的意图:被隐藏的已经显示出来了。巴利
‘‘Yaṃ gāmaṃ gocaraṃ katvā, bhikkhu āraññake vase; Tasmiṃ gāme ṭhapetuṃ taṃ, māsamekaṃ tu vaṭṭati. ‘‘Aññattheva vasantassa, chārattaparamaṃ mataṃ; Ayamassa adhippāyo, paṭicchanno pakāsito’’ti.
因此说“如果超过那里而别住”,意思是超过六夜,就要在那住处让第七个黎明升起等等。所谓“不能者”,是因为要去的地方太远,无法返回住处让第七个黎明升起。如果还是做不到,就住在那里,应当把衣舍还,心想“它将处于超过衣量存放的地方”。所谓“住后”,就是让黎明升起之后。比丘认可这一点,在露宿学处里已经说过了。巴利
Tenevāha ‘‘tato ce uttari vippavaseyyāti chārattato uttari tasmiṃ senāsane sattamaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpeyyā’’tiādi. Tathā asakkontenāti gataṭṭhānassa dūratāya senāsanaṃ āgantvā sattamaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ asakkontena. Evampi asakkontena tatreva ṭhitena paccuddharitabbaṃ ‘‘atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhassatī’’ti. Vasitvāti aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetvā. Bhikkhusammuti udositasikkhāpade vuttāva.
“其余”是指“除了比丘认可之外,这是随制”等说法。因为在这里,诸支分中,以夜别住为第四支分,而此处则是超过六夜而别住,这就是差别所在。巴利
Sesanti ‘‘aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti ayamettha anupaññattī’’tiādikaṃ. Tattha hi aṅgesu yaṃ rattivippavāso catutthamaṅgaṃ, taṃ idha chārattato uttari vippavāso hotīti ayameva viseso.
10. 已指定学处注释巴利
10. Pariṇatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
难道这东西不是已经归给僧团,而不是被舍弃了吗?那它怎么还会成为僧团所有呢?所以接着就说“彼……”等等。这里,“彼”指的是利得。“以一种方式”,是指以被称为“已归属”的状态这一种方式。用“应得”这个词,是在说明“利得”一词是从业的角度来表达的。“衣等物”,是指衣、食、住处、病者所需药品等资具,甚至包括药粉团、齿木、布边线。“已归属”的意思是:已经倾向于僧团、朝向僧团、流向僧团而存在着。接着指出它是因为什么原因而成为已归属的,为了说明这个意思,就说了“我们将给、将做”等等。“自己把它转属的人”,是指知道“把这个给我”,也明白它已归属僧团,却把它转给自己然后拿走的人。“行为”,就是转属的行为。在这里,应当按这样的方式理解舍弃的规定:“尊者,我知道这是僧团的利得,已经归属僧团,我却把它转给自己,这是应当舍弃的。”巴利
Nanu cāyaṃ saṅghassa pariṇato, na pariccatto, atha kathaṃ saṅghasantako hotīti āha ‘‘so hī’’tiādi. Tattha soti lābho. Ekena pariyāyenāti pariṇatabhāvasaṅkhātena ekena pariyāyena. ‘‘Labhitabba’’nti iminā lābhasaddassa kammasādhanamāha. Cīvarādivatthunti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ antamaso cuṇṇapiṇḍampi dantakaṭṭhampi dasikasuttampi. Pariṇatanti saṅghassa ninnaṃ saṅghassa poṇaṃ saṅghassa pabbhāraṃ hutvā ṭhitanti attho. Yena pana kāraṇena so pariṇato hoti, taṃ dassetvā tassa atthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘dassāma karissāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Attano pariṇāmentassāti ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti saṅghassa pariṇatabhāvaṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmetvā gaṇhantassa. Payogeti pariṇāmanappayoge. Ettha ca ‘‘idaṃ me, bhante, jānaṃ saṅghikaṃ lābhaṃ pariṇataṃ attano pariṇāmikaṃ nissaggiya’’nti iminā nayena nissajjanavidhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在“僧团、塔、人”这一句中,要知道:下至一条狗,任何众生都可称为“人”。“其他僧团等”是指其他僧团、塔、人。这里说的是:把属于僧团的东西转给其他僧团、塔或人,把属于塔的东西转给其他塔、僧团或人,把属于人的东西转给其他人、僧团或塔,这样做转给的人犯恶作。巴利
Saṅghacetiyapuggalesūti ettha ca antamaso sunakhaṃ upādāya yo koci satto ‘‘puggalo’’ti veditabbo. Aññasaṅghādīnanti aññasaṅghacetiyapuggalānaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘saṅghassa pariṇataṃ aññassa saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā puggalassa vā, cetiyassa pariṇataṃ aññassa cetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā puggalassa vā, puggalassa pariṇataṃ aññassa puggalassa vā saṅghassa vā cetiyassa vā pariṇāmentassa dukkaṭa’’nti.
现在为了说明无犯的情况,就说了“于未转属想者”等话。应当这样连接:于已转属、于未转属,以及有未转属想者。意思是,无论对已转属之物还是未转属之物,只要持有未转属想,都无犯。因为律中已经说过:“对已转属之物持有未转属想,将其转属自己,无犯。对未转属之物持有未转属想,无犯。”所谓“应施物”,就是四种资具。这里的“等”字涵盖了“或者可以得到修缮,或者能够长久保存,或者在哪里你们心生净信,就布施到那里”这些说法。但如果施主们说:“我们想办僧食,想作塔供养,想布施一位比丘资具,随你们喜欢来布施。请说,我们该布施到哪里?”当他们这样说时,那位比丘应当回答:“你们想布施到哪里,就布施到那里。”巴利
Idāni anāpattiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘apariṇatasaññino’’tiādimāha. Pariṇate, apariṇate ca apariṇatasaññino cāti sambandho, pariṇate, apariṇate cāti ubhayatthāpi anāpattīti attho. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘pariṇate apariṇatasaññī attano pariṇāmeti, anāpatti. Apariṇate apariṇatasaññī anāpattī’’ti (pārā. 660). Deyyadhammoti cattāro paccayā. Ādisaddena ‘‘paṭisaṅkhāraṃ vā labheyya, ciraṭṭhitiko vā assa, yattha vā pana tumhākaṃ cittaṃ pasīdati, tattha dethā’’ti (pārā. 661) vacanānaṃ gahaṇaṃ. Sace pana dāyakā ‘‘mayaṃ saṅghabhattaṃ kattukāmā, cetiyapūjaṃ kattukāmā, ekassa bhikkhuno parikkhāraṃ dātukāmā, tumhākaṃ ruciyā dassāma. Bhaṇatha, kattha demā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.660) vadanti, evaṃ vutte tena bhikkhunā ‘‘yattha icchatha, tattha dethā’’ti vattabbā.